1 /* ELF linking support for BFD.
2 Copyright (C) 1995-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
6 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
7 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
8 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
9 (at your option) any later version.
11 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
12 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
13 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
14 GNU General Public License for more details.
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
17 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
18 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
19 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
23 #include "bfd_stdint.h"
28 #include "safe-ctype.h"
29 #include "libiberty.h"
31 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
32 #include "plugin-api.h"
36 /* This struct is used to pass information to routines called via
37 elf_link_hash_traverse which must return failure. */
39 struct elf_info_failed
41 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
45 /* This structure is used to pass information to
46 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies. */
48 struct elf_find_verdep_info
50 /* General link information. */
51 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
52 /* The number of dependencies. */
54 /* Whether we had a failure. */
58 static bfd_boolean _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags
59 (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*, struct elf_info_failed
*);
62 _bfd_elf_section_for_symbol (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
63 unsigned long r_symndx
,
66 if (r_symndx
>= cookie
->locsymcount
67 || ELF_ST_BIND (cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
].st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
69 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
71 h
= cookie
->sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- cookie
->extsymoff
];
73 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
74 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
75 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
77 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
78 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
79 && discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
80 return h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
86 /* It's not a relocation against a global symbol,
87 but it could be a relocation against a local
88 symbol for a discarded section. */
90 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
92 /* Need to: get the symbol; get the section. */
93 isym
= &cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
];
94 isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (cookie
->abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
96 && discard
? discarded_section (isec
) : 1)
102 /* Define a symbol in a dynamic linkage section. */
104 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
105 _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
106 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
110 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
111 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
112 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
114 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
117 /* Zap symbol defined in an as-needed lib that wasn't linked.
118 This is a symptom of a larger problem: Absolute symbols
119 defined in shared libraries can't be overridden, because we
120 lose the link to the bfd which is via the symbol section. */
121 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
127 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
128 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
,
129 sec
, 0, NULL
, FALSE
, bed
->collect
,
132 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
133 BFD_ASSERT (h
!= NULL
);
136 h
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
137 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
138 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_INTERNAL
)
139 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
141 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
146 _bfd_elf_create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
150 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
151 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
152 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
154 /* This function may be called more than once. */
155 if (htab
->sgot
!= NULL
)
158 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
160 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
161 (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
162 ? ".rela.got" : ".rel.got"),
163 (bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
166 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
170 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
172 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
176 if (bed
->want_got_plt
)
178 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got.plt", flags
);
180 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
181 bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
186 /* The first bit of the global offset table is the header. */
187 s
->size
+= bed
->got_header_size
;
189 if (bed
->want_got_sym
)
191 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ at the start of the .got
192 (or .got.plt) section. We don't do this in the linker script
193 because we don't want to define the symbol if we are not creating
194 a global offset table. */
195 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
,
196 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_");
197 elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
= h
;
205 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
207 _bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
209 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
211 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
212 if (hash_table
->dynobj
== NULL
)
214 /* We may not set dynobj, an input file holding linker created
215 dynamic sections to abfd, which may be a dynamic object with
216 its own dynamic sections. We need to find a normal input file
217 to hold linker created sections if possible. */
218 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| BFD_PLUGIN
)) != 0)
222 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
224 & (DYNAMIC
| BFD_LINKER_CREATED
| BFD_PLUGIN
)) == 0
225 && bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
226 && elf_object_id (ibfd
) == elf_hash_table_id (hash_table
)
227 && !((s
= ibfd
->sections
) != NULL
228 && s
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
))
234 hash_table
->dynobj
= abfd
;
237 if (hash_table
->dynstr
== NULL
)
239 hash_table
->dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
240 if (hash_table
->dynstr
== NULL
)
246 /* Create some sections which will be filled in with dynamic linking
247 information. ABFD is an input file which requires dynamic sections
248 to be created. The dynamic sections take up virtual memory space
249 when the final executable is run, so we need to create them before
250 addresses are assigned to the output sections. We work out the
251 actual contents and size of these sections later. */
254 _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
258 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
259 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
261 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
264 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
267 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (abfd
, info
))
270 abfd
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
271 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
273 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
275 /* A dynamically linked executable has a .interp section, but a
276 shared library does not. */
277 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && !info
->nointerp
)
279 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".interp",
280 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
285 /* Create sections to hold version informations. These are removed
286 if they are not needed. */
287 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version_d",
288 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
290 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
293 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version",
294 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
296 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 1))
299 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version_r",
300 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
302 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
305 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynsym",
306 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
308 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
310 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsym
= s
;
312 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynstr",
313 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
317 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynamic", flags
);
319 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
322 /* The special symbol _DYNAMIC is always set to the start of the
323 .dynamic section. We could set _DYNAMIC in a linker script, but we
324 only want to define it if we are, in fact, creating a .dynamic
325 section. We don't want to define it if there is no .dynamic
326 section, since on some ELF platforms the start up code examines it
327 to decide how to initialize the process. */
328 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
, "_DYNAMIC");
329 elf_hash_table (info
)->hdynamic
= h
;
335 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".hash",
336 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
338 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
340 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
343 if (info
->emit_gnu_hash
)
345 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.hash",
346 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
348 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
350 /* For 64-bit ELF, .gnu.hash is a non-uniform entity size section:
351 4 32-bit words followed by variable count of 64-bit words, then
352 variable count of 32-bit words. */
353 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
354 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 0;
356 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 4;
359 /* Let the backend create the rest of the sections. This lets the
360 backend set the right flags. The backend will normally create
361 the .got and .plt sections. */
362 if (bed
->elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections
== NULL
363 || ! (*bed
->elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections
) (abfd
, info
))
366 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
= TRUE
;
371 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
374 _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
376 flagword flags
, pltflags
;
377 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
379 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
380 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
382 /* We need to create .plt, .rel[a].plt, .got, .got.plt, .dynbss, and
383 .rel[a].bss sections. */
384 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
387 if (bed
->plt_not_loaded
)
388 /* We do not clear SEC_ALLOC here because we still want the OS to
389 allocate space for the section; it's just that there's nothing
390 to read in from the object file. */
391 pltflags
&= ~ (SEC_CODE
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
393 pltflags
|= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_LOAD
;
394 if (bed
->plt_readonly
)
395 pltflags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
397 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".plt", pltflags
);
399 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->plt_alignment
))
403 /* Define the symbol _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ at the start of the
405 if (bed
->want_plt_sym
)
407 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
,
408 "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_");
409 elf_hash_table (info
)->hplt
= h
;
414 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
415 (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
416 ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt"),
417 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
419 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
423 if (! _bfd_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
426 if (bed
->want_dynbss
)
428 /* The .dynbss section is a place to put symbols which are defined
429 by dynamic objects, are referenced by regular objects, and are
430 not functions. We must allocate space for them in the process
431 image and use a R_*_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
432 initialize them at run time. The linker script puts the .dynbss
433 section into the .bss section of the final image. */
434 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynbss",
435 SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
440 if (bed
->want_dynrelro
)
442 /* Similarly, but for symbols that were originally in read-only
443 sections. This section doesn't really need to have contents,
444 but make it like other .data.rel.ro sections. */
445 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".data.rel.ro",
452 /* The .rel[a].bss section holds copy relocs. This section is not
453 normally needed. We need to create it here, though, so that the
454 linker will map it to an output section. We can't just create it
455 only if we need it, because we will not know whether we need it
456 until we have seen all the input files, and the first time the
457 main linker code calls BFD after examining all the input files
458 (size_dynamic_sections) the input sections have already been
459 mapped to the output sections. If the section turns out not to
460 be needed, we can discard it later. We will never need this
461 section when generating a shared object, since they do not use
463 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
465 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
466 (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
467 ? ".rela.bss" : ".rel.bss"),
468 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
470 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
474 if (bed
->want_dynrelro
)
476 s
= (bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags
477 (abfd
, (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
478 ? ".rela.data.rel.ro" : ".rel.data.rel.ro"),
479 flags
| SEC_READONLY
));
481 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
482 bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
484 htab
->sreldynrelro
= s
;
492 /* Record a new dynamic symbol. We record the dynamic symbols as we
493 read the input files, since we need to have a list of all of them
494 before we can determine the final sizes of the output sections.
495 Note that we may actually call this function even though we are not
496 going to output any dynamic symbols; in some cases we know that a
497 symbol should be in the dynamic symbol table, but only if there is
501 bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
502 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
504 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
506 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
;
511 /* XXX: The ABI draft says the linker must turn hidden and
512 internal symbols into STB_LOCAL symbols when producing the
513 DSO. However, if ld.so honors st_other in the dynamic table,
514 this would not be necessary. */
515 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
519 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
520 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
523 if (!elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
531 h
->dynindx
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
532 ++elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
534 dynstr
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
;
537 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
538 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
= dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
543 /* We don't put any version information in the dynamic string
545 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
546 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
548 /* We know that the p points into writable memory. In fact,
549 there are only a few symbols that have read-only names, being
550 those like _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ that are created specially
551 by the backends. Most symbols will have names pointing into
552 an ELF string table read from a file, or to objalloc memory. */
555 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (dynstr
, name
, p
!= NULL
);
560 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
562 h
->dynstr_index
= indx
;
568 /* Mark a symbol dynamic. */
571 bfd_elf_link_mark_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
572 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
573 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
575 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list
*d
= info
->dynamic_list
;
577 /* It may be called more than once on the same H. */
578 if(h
->dynamic
|| bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
581 if ((info
->dynamic_data
582 && (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
583 || h
->type
== STT_COMMON
585 && (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_OBJECT
586 || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_COMMON
))))
589 && (*d
->match
) (&d
->head
, NULL
, h
->root
.root
.string
)))
592 /* NB: If a symbol is made dynamic by --dynamic-list, it has
594 h
->root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
= 1;
598 /* Record an assignment to a symbol made by a linker script. We need
599 this in case some dynamic object refers to this symbol. */
602 bfd_elf_record_link_assignment (bfd
*output_bfd
,
603 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
608 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, *hv
;
609 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
610 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
612 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
615 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
616 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, name
, !provide
, TRUE
, FALSE
);
620 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
621 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
623 if (h
->versioned
== unknown
)
625 /* Set versioned if symbol version is unknown. */
626 char *version
= strrchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
629 if (version
> name
&& version
[-1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
630 h
->versioned
= versioned_hidden
;
632 h
->versioned
= versioned
;
636 /* Symbols defined in a linker script but not referenced anywhere
637 else will have non_elf set. */
640 bfd_elf_link_mark_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
, NULL
);
644 switch (h
->root
.type
)
646 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
647 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
648 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
650 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
651 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
652 /* Since we're defining the symbol, don't let it seem to have not
653 been defined. record_dynamic_symbol and size_dynamic_sections
654 may depend on this. */
655 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
656 if (h
->root
.u
.undef
.next
!= NULL
|| htab
->root
.undefs_tail
== &h
->root
)
657 bfd_link_repair_undef_list (&htab
->root
);
659 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
661 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
662 /* We had a versioned symbol in a dynamic library. We make the
663 the versioned symbol point to this one. */
664 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
666 while (hv
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
667 || hv
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
668 hv
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hv
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
669 /* We don't need to update h->root.u since linker will set them
671 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
672 hv
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
673 hv
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
674 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hv
);
681 /* If this symbol is being provided by the linker script, and it is
682 currently defined by a dynamic object, but not by a regular
683 object, then mark it as undefined so that the generic linker will
684 force the correct value. */
688 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
690 /* If this symbol is currently defined by a dynamic object, but not
691 by a regular object, then clear out any version information because
692 the symbol will not be associated with the dynamic object any
694 if (h
->def_dynamic
&& !h
->def_regular
)
695 h
->verinfo
.verdef
= NULL
;
697 /* Make sure this symbol is not garbage collected. */
704 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
705 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_INTERNAL
)
706 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
707 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
710 /* STV_HIDDEN and STV_INTERNAL symbols must be STB_LOCAL in shared objects
712 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
714 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
715 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
))
720 || bfd_link_dll (info
)
721 || elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
725 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
728 /* If this is a weak defined symbol, and we know a corresponding
729 real symbol from the same dynamic object, make sure the real
730 symbol is also made into a dynamic symbol. */
733 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*def
= weakdef (h
);
735 if (def
->dynindx
== -1
736 && !bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, def
))
744 /* Record a new local dynamic symbol. Returns 0 on failure, 1 on
745 success, and 2 on a failure caused by attempting to record a symbol
746 in a discarded section, eg. a discarded link-once section symbol. */
749 bfd_elf_link_record_local_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
754 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*entry
;
755 struct elf_link_hash_table
*eht
;
756 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
;
759 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
760 char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
762 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
765 /* See if the entry exists already. */
766 for (entry
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; entry
; entry
= entry
->next
)
767 if (entry
->input_bfd
== input_bfd
&& entry
->input_indx
== input_indx
)
770 amt
= sizeof (*entry
);
771 entry
= (struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*) bfd_alloc (input_bfd
, amt
);
775 /* Go find the symbol, so that we can find it's name. */
776 if (!bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd
, &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
,
777 1, input_indx
, &entry
->isym
, esym
, &eshndx
))
779 bfd_release (input_bfd
, entry
);
783 if (entry
->isym
.st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
784 && entry
->isym
.st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
)
788 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd
, entry
->isym
.st_shndx
);
789 if (s
== NULL
|| bfd_is_abs_section (s
->output_section
))
791 /* We can still bfd_release here as nothing has done another
792 bfd_alloc. We can't do this later in this function. */
793 bfd_release (input_bfd
, entry
);
798 name
= (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
799 (input_bfd
, elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
,
800 entry
->isym
.st_name
));
802 dynstr
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
;
805 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
806 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
= dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
811 dynstr_index
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (dynstr
, name
, FALSE
);
812 if (dynstr_index
== (size_t) -1)
814 entry
->isym
.st_name
= dynstr_index
;
816 eht
= elf_hash_table (info
);
818 entry
->next
= eht
->dynlocal
;
819 eht
->dynlocal
= entry
;
820 entry
->input_bfd
= input_bfd
;
821 entry
->input_indx
= input_indx
;
824 /* Whatever binding the symbol had before, it's now local. */
826 = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, ELF_ST_TYPE (entry
->isym
.st_info
));
828 /* The dynindx will be set at the end of size_dynamic_sections. */
833 /* Return the dynindex of a local dynamic symbol. */
836 _bfd_elf_link_lookup_local_dynindx (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
840 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*e
;
842 for (e
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; e
; e
= e
->next
)
843 if (e
->input_bfd
== input_bfd
&& e
->input_indx
== input_indx
)
848 /* This function is used to renumber the dynamic symbols, if some of
849 them are removed because they are marked as local. This is called
850 via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
853 elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
856 size_t *count
= (size_t *) data
;
861 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
862 h
->dynindx
= ++(*count
);
868 /* Like elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms, but just number symbols with
869 STB_LOCAL binding. */
872 elf_link_renumber_local_hash_table_dynsyms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
875 size_t *count
= (size_t *) data
;
877 if (!h
->forced_local
)
880 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
881 h
->dynindx
= ++(*count
);
886 /* Return true if the dynamic symbol for a given section should be
887 omitted when creating a shared library. */
889 _bfd_elf_omit_section_dynsym_default (bfd
*output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
890 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
893 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
896 switch (elf_section_data (p
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
900 /* If sh_type is yet undecided, assume it could be
901 SHT_PROGBITS/SHT_NOBITS. */
903 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
904 if (p
== htab
->tls_sec
)
907 if (htab
->text_index_section
!= NULL
)
908 return p
!= htab
->text_index_section
&& p
!= htab
->data_index_section
;
910 return (htab
->dynobj
!= NULL
911 && (ip
= bfd_get_linker_section (htab
->dynobj
, p
->name
)) != NULL
912 && ip
->output_section
== p
);
914 /* There shouldn't be section relative relocations
915 against any other section. */
922 _bfd_elf_omit_section_dynsym_all
923 (bfd
*output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
924 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
925 asection
*p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
930 /* Assign dynsym indices. In a shared library we generate a section
931 symbol for each output section, which come first. Next come symbols
932 which have been forced to local binding. Then all of the back-end
933 allocated local dynamic syms, followed by the rest of the global
934 symbols. If SECTION_SYM_COUNT is NULL, section dynindx is not set.
935 (This prevents the early call before elf_backend_init_index_section
936 and strip_excluded_output_sections setting dynindx for sections
937 that are stripped.) */
940 _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (bfd
*output_bfd
,
941 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
942 unsigned long *section_sym_count
)
944 unsigned long dynsymcount
= 0;
945 bfd_boolean do_sec
= section_sym_count
!= NULL
;
947 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
948 || elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
950 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
952 for (p
= output_bfd
->sections
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
953 if ((p
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
954 && (p
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
955 && elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_relocs
956 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym
) (output_bfd
, info
, p
))
960 elf_section_data (p
)->dynindx
= dynsymcount
;
963 elf_section_data (p
)->dynindx
= 0;
966 *section_sym_count
= dynsymcount
;
968 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
969 elf_link_renumber_local_hash_table_dynsyms
,
972 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
)
974 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*p
;
975 for (p
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
976 p
->dynindx
= ++dynsymcount
;
978 elf_hash_table (info
)->local_dynsymcount
= dynsymcount
;
980 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
981 elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms
,
984 /* There is an unused NULL entry at the head of the table which we
985 must account for in our count even if the table is empty since it
986 is intended for the mandatory DT_SYMTAB tag (.dynsym section) in
990 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
= dynsymcount
;
994 /* Merge st_other field. */
997 elf_merge_st_other (bfd
*abfd
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
998 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
, asection
*sec
,
999 bfd_boolean definition
, bfd_boolean dynamic
)
1001 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1003 /* If st_other has a processor-specific meaning, specific
1004 code might be needed here. */
1005 if (bed
->elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute
)
1006 (*bed
->elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute
) (h
, isym
, definition
,
1011 unsigned symvis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
);
1012 unsigned hvis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
);
1014 /* Keep the most constraining visibility. Leave the remainder
1015 of the st_other field to elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute. */
1016 if (symvis
- 1 < hvis
- 1)
1017 h
->other
= symvis
| (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1));
1020 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
1021 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
1022 h
->protected_def
= 1;
1025 /* This function is called when we want to merge a new symbol with an
1026 existing symbol. It handles the various cases which arise when we
1027 find a definition in a dynamic object, or when there is already a
1028 definition in a dynamic object. The new symbol is described by
1029 NAME, SYM, PSEC, and PVALUE. We set SYM_HASH to the hash table
1030 entry. We set POLDBFD to the old symbol's BFD. We set POLD_WEAK
1031 if the old symbol was weak. We set POLD_ALIGNMENT to the alignment
1032 of an old common symbol. We set OVERRIDE if the old symbol is
1033 overriding a new definition. We set TYPE_CHANGE_OK if it is OK for
1034 the type to change. We set SIZE_CHANGE_OK if it is OK for the size
1035 to change. By OK to change, we mean that we shouldn't warn if the
1036 type or size does change. */
1039 _bfd_elf_merge_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1040 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1042 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
1045 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hash
,
1047 bfd_boolean
*pold_weak
,
1048 unsigned int *pold_alignment
,
1050 bfd_boolean
*override
,
1051 bfd_boolean
*type_change_ok
,
1052 bfd_boolean
*size_change_ok
,
1053 bfd_boolean
*matched
)
1055 asection
*sec
, *oldsec
;
1056 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
1057 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
;
1058 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*flip
;
1061 bfd_boolean newdyn
, olddyn
, olddef
, newdef
, newdyncommon
, olddyncommon
;
1062 bfd_boolean newweak
, oldweak
, newfunc
, oldfunc
;
1063 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1065 bfd_boolean default_sym
= *matched
;
1071 bind
= ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
);
1073 if (! bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
1074 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
1076 h
= ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
1077 bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup (abfd
, info
, name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
));
1082 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1084 /* NEW_VERSION is the symbol version of the new symbol. */
1085 if (h
->versioned
!= unversioned
)
1087 /* Symbol version is unknown or versioned. */
1088 new_version
= strrchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
1091 if (h
->versioned
== unknown
)
1093 if (new_version
> name
&& new_version
[-1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
1094 h
->versioned
= versioned_hidden
;
1096 h
->versioned
= versioned
;
1099 if (new_version
[0] == '\0')
1103 h
->versioned
= unversioned
;
1108 /* For merging, we only care about real symbols. But we need to make
1109 sure that indirect symbol dynamic flags are updated. */
1111 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
1112 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1113 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1117 if (hi
== h
|| h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
1121 /* OLD_HIDDEN is true if the existing symbol is only visible
1122 to the symbol with the same symbol version. NEW_HIDDEN is
1123 true if the new symbol is only visible to the symbol with
1124 the same symbol version. */
1125 bfd_boolean old_hidden
= h
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
;
1126 bfd_boolean new_hidden
= hi
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
;
1127 if (!old_hidden
&& !new_hidden
)
1128 /* The new symbol matches the existing symbol if both
1133 /* OLD_VERSION is the symbol version of the existing
1137 if (h
->versioned
>= versioned
)
1138 old_version
= strrchr (h
->root
.root
.string
,
1143 /* The new symbol matches the existing symbol if they
1144 have the same symbol version. */
1145 *matched
= (old_version
== new_version
1146 || (old_version
!= NULL
1147 && new_version
!= NULL
1148 && strcmp (old_version
, new_version
) == 0));
1153 /* OLDBFD and OLDSEC are a BFD and an ASECTION associated with the
1158 switch (h
->root
.type
)
1163 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
1164 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
1165 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
1168 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
1169 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
1170 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1171 oldsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
1174 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
1175 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
->owner
;
1176 oldsec
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
1178 *pold_alignment
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
1181 if (poldbfd
&& *poldbfd
== NULL
)
1184 /* Differentiate strong and weak symbols. */
1185 newweak
= bind
== STB_WEAK
;
1186 oldweak
= (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
1187 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
);
1189 *pold_weak
= oldweak
;
1191 /* We have to check it for every instance since the first few may be
1192 references and not all compilers emit symbol type for undefined
1194 bfd_elf_link_mark_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
, sym
);
1196 /* NEWDYN and OLDDYN indicate whether the new or old symbol,
1197 respectively, is from a dynamic object. */
1199 newdyn
= (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1201 /* ref_dynamic_nonweak and dynamic_def flags track actual undefined
1202 syms and defined syms in dynamic libraries respectively.
1203 ref_dynamic on the other hand can be set for a symbol defined in
1204 a dynamic library, and def_dynamic may not be set; When the
1205 definition in a dynamic lib is overridden by a definition in the
1206 executable use of the symbol in the dynamic lib becomes a
1207 reference to the executable symbol. */
1210 if (bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
1212 if (bind
!= STB_WEAK
)
1214 h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
= 1;
1215 hi
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
= 1;
1220 /* Update the existing symbol only if they match. */
1223 hi
->dynamic_def
= 1;
1227 /* If we just created the symbol, mark it as being an ELF symbol.
1228 Other than that, there is nothing to do--there is no merge issue
1229 with a newly defined symbol--so we just return. */
1231 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
1237 /* In cases involving weak versioned symbols, we may wind up trying
1238 to merge a symbol with itself. Catch that here, to avoid the
1239 confusion that results if we try to override a symbol with
1240 itself. The additional tests catch cases like
1241 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, which are regular symbols defined in a
1242 dynamic object, which we do want to handle here. */
1244 && (newweak
|| oldweak
)
1245 && ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
1246 || !h
->def_regular
))
1251 olddyn
= (oldbfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1252 else if (oldsec
!= NULL
)
1254 /* This handles the special SHN_MIPS_{TEXT,DATA} section
1255 indices used by MIPS ELF. */
1256 olddyn
= (oldsec
->symbol
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1259 /* Handle a case where plugin_notice won't be called and thus won't
1260 set the non_ir_ref flags on the first pass over symbols. */
1262 && (oldbfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
)
1263 && newdyn
!= olddyn
)
1265 h
->root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
= TRUE
;
1266 hi
->root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
= TRUE
;
1269 /* NEWDEF and OLDDEF indicate whether the new or old symbol,
1270 respectively, appear to be a definition rather than reference. */
1272 newdef
= !bfd_is_und_section (sec
) && !bfd_is_com_section (sec
);
1274 olddef
= (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
1275 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
1276 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_common
);
1278 /* NEWFUNC and OLDFUNC indicate whether the new or old symbol,
1279 respectively, appear to be a function. */
1281 newfunc
= (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
1282 && bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)));
1284 oldfunc
= (h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
1285 && bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
));
1287 if (!(newfunc
&& oldfunc
)
1288 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != h
->type
1289 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
1290 && h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
1291 && (newdef
|| bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
1292 && (olddef
|| h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
))
1294 /* If creating a default indirect symbol ("foo" or "foo@") from
1295 a dynamic versioned definition ("foo@@") skip doing so if
1296 there is an existing regular definition with a different
1297 type. We don't want, for example, a "time" variable in the
1298 executable overriding a "time" function in a shared library. */
1306 /* When adding a symbol from a regular object file after we have
1307 created indirect symbols, undo the indirection and any
1314 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1315 h
->forced_local
= 0;
1319 if (h
->root
.u
.undef
.next
|| info
->hash
->undefs_tail
== &h
->root
)
1321 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1322 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= abfd
;
1326 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
1327 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= NULL
;
1333 /* Check TLS symbols. We don't check undefined symbols introduced
1334 by "ld -u" which have no type (and oldbfd NULL), and we don't
1335 check symbols from plugins because they also have no type. */
1337 && (oldbfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0
1338 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0
1339 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != h
->type
1340 && (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
|| h
->type
== STT_TLS
))
1343 bfd_boolean ntdef
, tdef
;
1344 asection
*ntsec
, *tsec
;
1346 if (h
->type
== STT_TLS
)
1367 /* xgettext:c-format */
1368 (_("%s: TLS definition in %pB section %pA "
1369 "mismatches non-TLS definition in %pB section %pA"),
1370 h
->root
.root
.string
, tbfd
, tsec
, ntbfd
, ntsec
);
1371 else if (!tdef
&& !ntdef
)
1373 /* xgettext:c-format */
1374 (_("%s: TLS reference in %pB "
1375 "mismatches non-TLS reference in %pB"),
1376 h
->root
.root
.string
, tbfd
, ntbfd
);
1379 /* xgettext:c-format */
1380 (_("%s: TLS definition in %pB section %pA "
1381 "mismatches non-TLS reference in %pB"),
1382 h
->root
.root
.string
, tbfd
, tsec
, ntbfd
);
1385 /* xgettext:c-format */
1386 (_("%s: TLS reference in %pB "
1387 "mismatches non-TLS definition in %pB section %pA"),
1388 h
->root
.root
.string
, tbfd
, ntbfd
, ntsec
);
1390 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1394 /* If the old symbol has non-default visibility, we ignore the new
1395 definition from a dynamic object. */
1397 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
1398 && !bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
1401 /* Make sure this symbol is dynamic. */
1403 hi
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1404 /* A protected symbol has external availability. Make sure it is
1405 recorded as dynamic.
1407 FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
1408 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_PROTECTED
)
1409 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
1414 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
1417 /* If the new symbol with non-default visibility comes from a
1418 relocatable file and the old definition comes from a dynamic
1419 object, we remove the old definition. */
1420 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1422 /* Handle the case where the old dynamic definition is
1423 default versioned. We need to copy the symbol info from
1424 the symbol with default version to the normal one if it
1425 was referenced before. */
1428 hi
->root
.type
= h
->root
.type
;
1429 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1430 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, hi
, h
);
1432 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) hi
;
1433 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
) != STV_PROTECTED
)
1435 /* If the new symbol is hidden or internal, completely undo
1436 any dynamic link state. */
1437 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1438 h
->forced_local
= 0;
1445 /* FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
1455 /* If the old symbol was undefined before, then it will still be
1456 on the undefs list. If the new symbol is undefined or
1457 common, we can't make it bfd_link_hash_new here, because new
1458 undefined or common symbols will be added to the undefs list
1459 by _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol. Symbols may not be
1460 added twice to the undefs list. Also, if the new symbol is
1461 undefweak then we don't want to lose the strong undef. */
1462 if (h
->root
.u
.undef
.next
|| info
->hash
->undefs_tail
== &h
->root
)
1464 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1465 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= abfd
;
1469 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
1470 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= NULL
;
1473 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
) != STV_PROTECTED
)
1475 /* If the new symbol is hidden or internal, completely undo
1476 any dynamic link state. */
1477 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1478 h
->forced_local
= 0;
1484 /* FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
1490 /* If a new weak symbol definition comes from a regular file and the
1491 old symbol comes from a dynamic library, we treat the new one as
1492 strong. Similarly, an old weak symbol definition from a regular
1493 file is treated as strong when the new symbol comes from a dynamic
1494 library. Further, an old weak symbol from a dynamic library is
1495 treated as strong if the new symbol is from a dynamic library.
1496 This reflects the way glibc's ld.so works.
1498 Also allow a weak symbol to override a linker script symbol
1499 defined by an early pass over the script. This is done so the
1500 linker knows the symbol is defined in an object file, for the
1501 DEFINED script function.
1503 Do this before setting *type_change_ok or *size_change_ok so that
1504 we warn properly when dynamic library symbols are overridden. */
1506 if (newdef
&& !newdyn
&& (olddyn
|| h
->root
.ldscript_def
))
1508 if (olddef
&& newdyn
)
1511 /* Allow changes between different types of function symbol. */
1512 if (newfunc
&& oldfunc
)
1513 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1515 /* It's OK to change the type if either the existing symbol or the
1516 new symbol is weak. A type change is also OK if the old symbol
1517 is undefined and the new symbol is defined. */
1522 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
))
1523 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1525 /* It's OK to change the size if either the existing symbol or the
1526 new symbol is weak, or if the old symbol is undefined. */
1529 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
1530 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1532 /* NEWDYNCOMMON and OLDDYNCOMMON indicate whether the new or old
1533 symbol, respectively, appears to be a common symbol in a dynamic
1534 object. If a symbol appears in an uninitialized section, and is
1535 not weak, and is not a function, then it may be a common symbol
1536 which was resolved when the dynamic object was created. We want
1537 to treat such symbols specially, because they raise special
1538 considerations when setting the symbol size: if the symbol
1539 appears as a common symbol in a regular object, and the size in
1540 the regular object is larger, we must make sure that we use the
1541 larger size. This problematic case can always be avoided in C,
1542 but it must be handled correctly when using Fortran shared
1545 Note that if NEWDYNCOMMON is set, NEWDEF will be set, and
1546 likewise for OLDDYNCOMMON and OLDDEF.
1548 Note that this test is just a heuristic, and that it is quite
1549 possible to have an uninitialized symbol in a shared object which
1550 is really a definition, rather than a common symbol. This could
1551 lead to some minor confusion when the symbol really is a common
1552 symbol in some regular object. However, I think it will be
1558 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
1559 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
1562 newdyncommon
= TRUE
;
1564 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1568 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1570 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
1571 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
1574 olddyncommon
= TRUE
;
1576 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1578 /* We now know everything about the old and new symbols. We ask the
1579 backend to check if we can merge them. */
1580 if (bed
->merge_symbol
!= NULL
)
1582 if (!bed
->merge_symbol (h
, sym
, psec
, newdef
, olddef
, oldbfd
, oldsec
))
1587 /* There are multiple definitions of a normal symbol. Skip the
1588 default symbol as well as definition from an IR object. */
1589 if (olddef
&& !olddyn
&& !oldweak
&& newdef
&& !newdyn
&& !newweak
1590 && !default_sym
&& h
->def_regular
1592 && (oldbfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0
1593 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0))
1595 /* Handle a multiple definition. */
1596 (*info
->callbacks
->multiple_definition
) (info
, &h
->root
,
1597 abfd
, sec
, *pvalue
);
1602 /* If both the old and the new symbols look like common symbols in a
1603 dynamic object, set the size of the symbol to the larger of the
1608 && sym
->st_size
!= h
->size
)
1610 /* Since we think we have two common symbols, issue a multiple
1611 common warning if desired. Note that we only warn if the
1612 size is different. If the size is the same, we simply let
1613 the old symbol override the new one as normally happens with
1614 symbols defined in dynamic objects. */
1616 (*info
->callbacks
->multiple_common
) (info
, &h
->root
, abfd
,
1617 bfd_link_hash_common
, sym
->st_size
);
1618 if (sym
->st_size
> h
->size
)
1619 h
->size
= sym
->st_size
;
1621 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1624 /* If we are looking at a dynamic object, and we have found a
1625 definition, we need to see if the symbol was already defined by
1626 some other object. If so, we want to use the existing
1627 definition, and we do not want to report a multiple symbol
1628 definition error; we do this by clobbering *PSEC to be
1629 bfd_und_section_ptr.
1631 We treat a common symbol as a definition if the symbol in the
1632 shared library is a function, since common symbols always
1633 represent variables; this can cause confusion in principle, but
1634 any such confusion would seem to indicate an erroneous program or
1635 shared library. We also permit a common symbol in a regular
1636 object to override a weak symbol in a shared object. */
1641 || (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
1642 && (newweak
|| newfunc
))))
1646 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1648 *psec
= sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
1649 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1651 /* If we get here when the old symbol is a common symbol, then
1652 we are explicitly letting it override a weak symbol or
1653 function in a dynamic object, and we don't want to warn about
1654 a type change. If the old symbol is a defined symbol, a type
1655 change warning may still be appropriate. */
1657 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1658 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1661 /* Handle the special case of an old common symbol merging with a
1662 new symbol which looks like a common symbol in a shared object.
1663 We change *PSEC and *PVALUE to make the new symbol look like a
1664 common symbol, and let _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol do the
1668 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1672 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1673 *pvalue
= sym
->st_size
;
1674 *psec
= sec
= bed
->common_section (oldsec
);
1675 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1678 /* Skip weak definitions of symbols that are already defined. */
1679 if (newdef
&& olddef
&& newweak
)
1681 /* Don't skip new non-IR weak syms. */
1682 if (!(oldbfd
!= NULL
1683 && (oldbfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0
1684 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0))
1690 /* Merge st_other. If the symbol already has a dynamic index,
1691 but visibility says it should not be visible, turn it into a
1693 elf_merge_st_other (abfd
, h
, sym
, sec
, newdef
, newdyn
);
1694 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
1695 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
1699 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1704 /* If the old symbol is from a dynamic object, and the new symbol is
1705 a definition which is not from a dynamic object, then the new
1706 symbol overrides the old symbol. Symbols from regular files
1707 always take precedence over symbols from dynamic objects, even if
1708 they are defined after the dynamic object in the link.
1710 As above, we again permit a common symbol in a regular object to
1711 override a definition in a shared object if the shared object
1712 symbol is a function or is weak. */
1717 || (bfd_is_com_section (sec
)
1718 && (oldweak
|| oldfunc
)))
1723 /* Change the hash table entry to undefined, and let
1724 _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol do the right thing with the
1727 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1728 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1729 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1732 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1734 /* We again permit a type change when a common symbol may be
1735 overriding a function. */
1737 if (bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
1741 /* If a common symbol overrides a function, make sure
1742 that it isn't defined dynamically nor has type
1745 h
->type
= STT_NOTYPE
;
1747 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1750 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1753 /* This union may have been set to be non-NULL when this symbol
1754 was seen in a dynamic object. We must force the union to be
1755 NULL, so that it is correct for a regular symbol. */
1756 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
1759 /* Handle the special case of a new common symbol merging with an
1760 old symbol that looks like it might be a common symbol defined in
1761 a shared object. Note that we have already handled the case in
1762 which a new common symbol should simply override the definition
1763 in the shared library. */
1766 && bfd_is_com_section (sec
)
1769 /* It would be best if we could set the hash table entry to a
1770 common symbol, but we don't know what to use for the section
1771 or the alignment. */
1772 (*info
->callbacks
->multiple_common
) (info
, &h
->root
, abfd
,
1773 bfd_link_hash_common
, sym
->st_size
);
1775 /* If the presumed common symbol in the dynamic object is
1776 larger, pretend that the new symbol has its size. */
1778 if (h
->size
> *pvalue
)
1781 /* We need to remember the alignment required by the symbol
1782 in the dynamic object. */
1783 BFD_ASSERT (pold_alignment
);
1784 *pold_alignment
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->alignment_power
;
1787 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1789 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1790 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1792 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1793 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1795 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1798 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
1803 /* Handle the case where we had a versioned symbol in a dynamic
1804 library and now find a definition in a normal object. In this
1805 case, we make the versioned symbol point to the normal one. */
1806 flip
->root
.type
= h
->root
.type
;
1807 flip
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
1808 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1809 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) flip
;
1810 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, flip
, h
);
1814 flip
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1821 /* This function is called to create an indirect symbol from the
1822 default for the symbol with the default version if needed. The
1823 symbol is described by H, NAME, SYM, SEC, and VALUE. We
1824 set DYNSYM if the new indirect symbol is dynamic. */
1827 _bfd_elf_add_default_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1828 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1829 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1831 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
1835 bfd_boolean
*dynsym
)
1837 bfd_boolean type_change_ok
;
1838 bfd_boolean size_change_ok
;
1841 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
;
1842 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1843 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1844 bfd_boolean collect
;
1845 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
1846 bfd_boolean override
;
1848 size_t len
, shortlen
;
1850 bfd_boolean matched
;
1852 if (h
->versioned
== unversioned
|| h
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
)
1855 /* If this symbol has a version, and it is the default version, we
1856 create an indirect symbol from the default name to the fully
1857 decorated name. This will cause external references which do not
1858 specify a version to be bound to this version of the symbol. */
1859 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
1860 if (h
->versioned
== unknown
)
1864 h
->versioned
= unversioned
;
1869 if (p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
1871 h
->versioned
= versioned_hidden
;
1875 h
->versioned
= versioned
;
1880 /* PR ld/19073: We may see an unversioned definition after the
1886 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1887 collect
= bed
->collect
;
1888 dynamic
= (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1890 shortlen
= p
- name
;
1891 shortname
= (char *) bfd_hash_allocate (&info
->hash
->table
, shortlen
+ 1);
1892 if (shortname
== NULL
)
1894 memcpy (shortname
, name
, shortlen
);
1895 shortname
[shortlen
] = '\0';
1897 /* We are going to create a new symbol. Merge it with any existing
1898 symbol with this name. For the purposes of the merge, act as
1899 though we were defining the symbol we just defined, although we
1900 actually going to define an indirect symbol. */
1901 type_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1902 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1905 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, shortname
, sym
, &tmp_sec
, &value
,
1906 &hi
, poldbfd
, NULL
, NULL
, &skip
, &override
,
1907 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
, &matched
))
1913 if (hi
->def_regular
)
1915 /* If the undecorated symbol will have a version added by a
1916 script different to H, then don't indirect to/from the
1917 undecorated symbol. This isn't ideal because we may not yet
1918 have seen symbol versions, if given by a script on the
1919 command line rather than via --version-script. */
1920 if (hi
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
&& info
->version_info
!= NULL
)
1925 = bfd_find_version_for_sym (info
->version_info
,
1926 hi
->root
.root
.string
, &hide
);
1927 if (hi
->verinfo
.vertree
!= NULL
&& hide
)
1929 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, hi
, TRUE
);
1933 if (hi
->verinfo
.vertree
!= NULL
1934 && strcmp (p
+ 1 + (p
[1] == '@'), hi
->verinfo
.vertree
->name
) != 0)
1940 /* Add the default symbol if not performing a relocatable link. */
1941 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
1944 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
1945 (info
, abfd
, shortname
, BSF_INDIRECT
,
1946 bfd_ind_section_ptr
,
1947 0, name
, FALSE
, collect
, &bh
)))
1949 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1954 /* In this case the symbol named SHORTNAME is overriding the
1955 indirect symbol we want to add. We were planning on making
1956 SHORTNAME an indirect symbol referring to NAME. SHORTNAME
1957 is the name without a version. NAME is the fully versioned
1958 name, and it is the default version.
1960 Overriding means that we already saw a definition for the
1961 symbol SHORTNAME in a regular object, and it is overriding
1962 the symbol defined in the dynamic object.
1964 When this happens, we actually want to change NAME, the
1965 symbol we just added, to refer to SHORTNAME. This will cause
1966 references to NAME in the shared object to become references
1967 to SHORTNAME in the regular object. This is what we expect
1968 when we override a function in a shared object: that the
1969 references in the shared object will be mapped to the
1970 definition in the regular object. */
1972 while (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
1973 || hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1974 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1976 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1977 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) hi
;
1981 hi
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1985 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, hi
))
1990 /* Now set HI to H, so that the following code will set the
1991 other fields correctly. */
1995 /* Check if HI is a warning symbol. */
1996 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1997 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1999 /* If there is a duplicate definition somewhere, then HI may not
2000 point to an indirect symbol. We will have reported an error to
2001 the user in that case. */
2003 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2005 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ht
;
2007 ht
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2008 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, ht
, hi
);
2010 /* A reference to the SHORTNAME symbol from a dynamic library
2011 will be satisfied by the versioned symbol at runtime. In
2012 effect, we have a reference to the versioned symbol. */
2013 ht
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
|= hi
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
;
2014 hi
->dynamic_def
|= ht
->dynamic_def
;
2016 /* See if the new flags lead us to realize that the symbol must
2022 if (! bfd_link_executable (info
)
2029 if (hi
->ref_regular
)
2035 /* We also need to define an indirection from the nondefault version
2039 len
= strlen (name
);
2040 shortname
= (char *) bfd_hash_allocate (&info
->hash
->table
, len
);
2041 if (shortname
== NULL
)
2043 memcpy (shortname
, name
, shortlen
);
2044 memcpy (shortname
+ shortlen
, p
+ 1, len
- shortlen
);
2046 /* Once again, merge with any existing symbol. */
2047 type_change_ok
= FALSE
;
2048 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
2050 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, shortname
, sym
, &tmp_sec
, &value
,
2051 &hi
, poldbfd
, NULL
, NULL
, &skip
, &override
,
2052 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
, &matched
))
2060 /* Here SHORTNAME is a versioned name, so we don't expect to see
2061 the type of override we do in the case above unless it is
2062 overridden by a versioned definition. */
2063 if (hi
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
2064 && hi
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2066 /* xgettext:c-format */
2067 (_("%pB: unexpected redefinition of indirect versioned symbol `%s'"),
2073 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
2074 (info
, abfd
, shortname
, BSF_INDIRECT
,
2075 bfd_ind_section_ptr
, 0, name
, FALSE
, collect
, &bh
)))
2077 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
2079 /* If there is a duplicate definition somewhere, then HI may not
2080 point to an indirect symbol. We will have reported an error
2081 to the user in that case. */
2083 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2085 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hi
);
2086 h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
|= hi
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
;
2087 hi
->dynamic_def
|= h
->dynamic_def
;
2089 /* See if the new flags lead us to realize that the symbol
2095 if (! bfd_link_executable (info
)
2101 if (hi
->ref_regular
)
2111 /* This routine is used to export all defined symbols into the dynamic
2112 symbol table. It is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
2115 _bfd_elf_export_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2117 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
= (struct elf_info_failed
*) data
;
2119 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
2120 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2123 /* Ignore this if we won't export it. */
2124 if (!eif
->info
->export_dynamic
&& !h
->dynamic
)
2127 if (h
->dynindx
== -1
2128 && (h
->def_regular
|| h
->ref_regular
)
2129 && ! bfd_hide_sym_by_version (eif
->info
->version_info
,
2130 h
->root
.root
.string
))
2132 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (eif
->info
, h
))
2142 /* Look through the symbols which are defined in other shared
2143 libraries and referenced here. Update the list of version
2144 dependencies. This will be put into the .gnu.version_r section.
2145 This function is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
2148 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2151 struct elf_find_verdep_info
*rinfo
= (struct elf_find_verdep_info
*) data
;
2152 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
2153 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
2156 /* We only care about symbols defined in shared objects with version
2161 || h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
2162 || (elf_dyn_lib_class (h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
)
2163 & (DYN_AS_NEEDED
| DYN_DT_NEEDED
| DYN_NO_NEEDED
)))
2166 /* See if we already know about this version. */
2167 for (t
= elf_tdata (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
)->verref
;
2171 if (t
->vn_bfd
!= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
)
2174 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
2175 if (a
->vna_nodename
== h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_nodename
)
2181 /* This is a new version. Add it to tree we are building. */
2186 t
= (Elf_Internal_Verneed
*) bfd_zalloc (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
, amt
);
2189 rinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2193 t
->vn_bfd
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
;
2194 t
->vn_nextref
= elf_tdata (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
)->verref
;
2195 elf_tdata (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
)->verref
= t
;
2199 a
= (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*) bfd_zalloc (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
, amt
);
2202 rinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2206 /* Note that we are copying a string pointer here, and testing it
2207 above. If bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section is ever changed to
2208 discard the string data when low in memory, this will have to be
2210 a
->vna_nodename
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_nodename
;
2212 a
->vna_flags
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_flags
;
2213 a
->vna_nextptr
= t
->vn_auxptr
;
2215 h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
= rinfo
->vers
;
2218 a
->vna_other
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
+ 1;
2225 /* Return TRUE and set *HIDE to TRUE if the versioned symbol is
2226 hidden. Set *T_P to NULL if there is no match. */
2229 _bfd_elf_link_hide_versioned_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2230 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2231 const char *version_p
,
2232 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
**t_p
,
2235 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
2237 /* Look for the version. If we find it, it is no longer weak. */
2238 for (t
= info
->version_info
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
2240 if (strcmp (t
->name
, version_p
) == 0)
2244 struct bfd_elf_version_expr
*d
;
2246 len
= version_p
- h
->root
.root
.string
;
2247 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (len
);
2250 memcpy (alc
, h
->root
.root
.string
, len
- 1);
2251 alc
[len
- 1] = '\0';
2252 if (alc
[len
- 2] == ELF_VER_CHR
)
2253 alc
[len
- 2] = '\0';
2255 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
2259 if (t
->globals
.list
!= NULL
)
2260 d
= (*t
->match
) (&t
->globals
, NULL
, alc
);
2262 /* See if there is anything to force this symbol to
2264 if (d
== NULL
&& t
->locals
.list
!= NULL
)
2266 d
= (*t
->match
) (&t
->locals
, NULL
, alc
);
2269 && ! info
->export_dynamic
)
2283 /* Return TRUE if the symbol H is hidden by version script. */
2286 _bfd_elf_link_hide_sym_by_version (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2287 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
2290 bfd_boolean hide
= FALSE
;
2291 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
2292 = get_elf_backend_data (info
->output_bfd
);
2294 /* Version script only hides symbols defined in regular objects. */
2295 if (!h
->def_regular
&& !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
2298 p
= strchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
2299 if (p
!= NULL
&& h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
)
2301 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
2304 if (*p
== ELF_VER_CHR
)
2308 && _bfd_elf_link_hide_versioned_symbol (info
, h
, p
, &t
, &hide
)
2312 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2317 /* If we don't have a version for this symbol, see if we can find
2319 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
&& info
->version_info
!= NULL
)
2322 = bfd_find_version_for_sym (info
->version_info
,
2323 h
->root
.root
.string
, &hide
);
2324 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
!= NULL
&& hide
)
2326 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2334 /* Figure out appropriate versions for all the symbols. We may not
2335 have the version number script until we have read all of the input
2336 files, so until that point we don't know which symbols should be
2337 local. This function is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
2340 _bfd_elf_link_assign_sym_version (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2342 struct elf_info_failed
*sinfo
;
2343 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
2344 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2345 struct elf_info_failed eif
;
2349 sinfo
= (struct elf_info_failed
*) data
;
2352 /* Fix the symbol flags. */
2355 if (! _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (h
, &eif
))
2358 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2362 /* We only need version numbers for symbols defined in regular
2364 if (!h
->def_regular
)
2368 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (info
->output_bfd
);
2369 p
= strchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
2370 if (p
!= NULL
&& h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
)
2372 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
2375 if (*p
== ELF_VER_CHR
)
2378 /* If there is no version string, we can just return out. */
2382 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hide_versioned_symbol (info
, h
, p
, &t
, &hide
))
2384 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2389 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2391 /* If we are building an application, we need to create a
2392 version node for this version. */
2393 if (t
== NULL
&& bfd_link_executable (info
))
2395 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
**pp
;
2398 /* If we aren't going to export this symbol, we don't need
2399 to worry about it. */
2400 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
2403 t
= (struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*) bfd_zalloc (info
->output_bfd
,
2407 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2412 t
->name_indx
= (unsigned int) -1;
2416 /* Don't count anonymous version tag. */
2417 if (sinfo
->info
->version_info
!= NULL
2418 && sinfo
->info
->version_info
->vernum
== 0)
2420 for (pp
= &sinfo
->info
->version_info
;
2424 t
->vernum
= version_index
;
2428 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
2432 /* We could not find the version for a symbol when
2433 generating a shared archive. Return an error. */
2435 /* xgettext:c-format */
2436 (_("%pB: version node not found for symbol %s"),
2437 info
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
2438 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2439 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2444 /* If we don't have a version for this symbol, see if we can find
2447 && h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
2448 && sinfo
->info
->version_info
!= NULL
)
2451 = bfd_find_version_for_sym (sinfo
->info
->version_info
,
2452 h
->root
.root
.string
, &hide
);
2453 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
!= NULL
&& hide
)
2454 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2460 /* Read and swap the relocs from the section indicated by SHDR. This
2461 may be either a REL or a RELA section. The relocations are
2462 translated into RELA relocations and stored in INTERNAL_RELOCS,
2463 which should have already been allocated to contain enough space.
2464 The EXTERNAL_RELOCS are a buffer where the external form of the
2465 relocations should be stored.
2467 Returns FALSE if something goes wrong. */
2470 elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2472 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
,
2473 void *external_relocs
,
2474 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
)
2476 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2477 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
2478 const bfd_byte
*erela
;
2479 const bfd_byte
*erelaend
;
2480 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
2481 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2484 /* Position ourselves at the start of the section. */
2485 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
2488 /* Read the relocations. */
2489 if (bfd_bread (external_relocs
, shdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != shdr
->sh_size
)
2492 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2493 nsyms
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
2495 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2497 /* Convert the external relocations to the internal format. */
2498 if (shdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
2499 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
2500 else if (shdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
)
2501 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
2504 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
2508 erela
= (const bfd_byte
*) external_relocs
;
2509 erelaend
= erela
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
2510 irela
= internal_relocs
;
2511 while (erela
< erelaend
)
2515 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erela
, irela
);
2516 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irela
->r_info
);
2517 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
2521 if ((size_t) r_symndx
>= nsyms
)
2524 /* xgettext:c-format */
2525 (_("%pB: bad reloc symbol index (%#" PRIx64
" >= %#lx)"
2526 " for offset %#" PRIx64
" in section `%pA'"),
2527 abfd
, (uint64_t) r_symndx
, (unsigned long) nsyms
,
2528 (uint64_t) irela
->r_offset
, sec
);
2529 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2533 else if (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
)
2536 /* xgettext:c-format */
2537 (_("%pB: non-zero symbol index (%#" PRIx64
")"
2538 " for offset %#" PRIx64
" in section `%pA'"
2539 " when the object file has no symbol table"),
2540 abfd
, (uint64_t) r_symndx
,
2541 (uint64_t) irela
->r_offset
, sec
);
2542 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2545 irela
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
2546 erela
+= shdr
->sh_entsize
;
2552 /* Read and swap the relocs for a section O. They may have been
2553 cached. If the EXTERNAL_RELOCS and INTERNAL_RELOCS arguments are
2554 not NULL, they are used as buffers to read into. They are known to
2555 be large enough. If the INTERNAL_RELOCS relocs argument is NULL,
2556 the return value is allocated using either malloc or bfd_alloc,
2557 according to the KEEP_MEMORY argument. If O has two relocation
2558 sections (both REL and RELA relocations), then the REL_HDR
2559 relocations will appear first in INTERNAL_RELOCS, followed by the
2560 RELA_HDR relocations. */
2563 _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
2565 void *external_relocs
,
2566 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
2567 bfd_boolean keep_memory
)
2569 void *alloc1
= NULL
;
2570 Elf_Internal_Rela
*alloc2
= NULL
;
2571 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2572 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
2573 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_rela_relocs
;
2575 if (esdo
->relocs
!= NULL
)
2576 return esdo
->relocs
;
2578 if (o
->reloc_count
== 0)
2581 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
2585 size
= (bfd_size_type
) o
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
);
2587 internal_relocs
= alloc2
= (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
2589 internal_relocs
= alloc2
= (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) bfd_malloc (size
);
2590 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
2594 if (external_relocs
== NULL
)
2596 bfd_size_type size
= 0;
2599 size
+= esdo
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
;
2601 size
+= esdo
->rela
.hdr
->sh_size
;
2603 alloc1
= bfd_malloc (size
);
2606 external_relocs
= alloc1
;
2609 internal_rela_relocs
= internal_relocs
;
2612 if (!elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (abfd
, o
, esdo
->rel
.hdr
,
2616 external_relocs
= (((bfd_byte
*) external_relocs
)
2617 + esdo
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
);
2618 internal_rela_relocs
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdo
->rel
.hdr
)
2619 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
2623 && (!elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (abfd
, o
, esdo
->rela
.hdr
,
2625 internal_rela_relocs
)))
2628 /* Cache the results for next time, if we can. */
2630 esdo
->relocs
= internal_relocs
;
2635 /* Don't free alloc2, since if it was allocated we are passing it
2636 back (under the name of internal_relocs). */
2638 return internal_relocs
;
2646 bfd_release (abfd
, alloc2
);
2653 /* Compute the size of, and allocate space for, REL_HDR which is the
2654 section header for a section containing relocations for O. */
2657 _bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2658 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
)
2660 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
= reldata
->hdr
;
2662 /* That allows us to calculate the size of the section. */
2663 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* reldata
->count
;
2665 /* The contents field must last into write_object_contents, so we
2666 allocate it with bfd_alloc rather than malloc. Also since we
2667 cannot be sure that the contents will actually be filled in,
2668 we zero the allocated space. */
2669 rel_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, rel_hdr
->sh_size
);
2670 if (rel_hdr
->contents
== NULL
&& rel_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2673 if (reldata
->hashes
== NULL
&& reldata
->count
)
2675 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**p
;
2677 p
= ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
**)
2678 bfd_zmalloc (reldata
->count
* sizeof (*p
)));
2682 reldata
->hashes
= p
;
2688 /* Copy the relocations indicated by the INTERNAL_RELOCS (which
2689 originated from the section given by INPUT_REL_HDR) to the
2693 _bfd_elf_link_output_relocs (bfd
*output_bfd
,
2694 asection
*input_section
,
2695 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*input_rel_hdr
,
2696 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
2697 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
2700 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
2701 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelaend
;
2703 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*output_reldata
;
2704 asection
*output_section
;
2705 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2706 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
2707 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
;
2709 output_section
= input_section
->output_section
;
2711 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
2712 esdo
= elf_section_data (output_section
);
2713 if (esdo
->rel
.hdr
&& esdo
->rel
.hdr
->sh_entsize
== input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
)
2715 output_reldata
= &esdo
->rel
;
2716 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
2718 else if (esdo
->rela
.hdr
2719 && esdo
->rela
.hdr
->sh_entsize
== input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
)
2721 output_reldata
= &esdo
->rela
;
2722 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
2727 /* xgettext:c-format */
2728 (_("%pB: relocation size mismatch in %pB section %pA"),
2729 output_bfd
, input_section
->owner
, input_section
);
2730 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
2734 erel
= output_reldata
->hdr
->contents
;
2735 erel
+= output_reldata
->count
* input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
2736 irela
= internal_relocs
;
2737 irelaend
= irela
+ (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
)
2738 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
2739 while (irela
< irelaend
)
2741 (*swap_out
) (output_bfd
, irela
, erel
);
2742 irela
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
2743 erel
+= input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
2746 /* Bump the counter, so that we know where to add the next set of
2748 output_reldata
->count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
);
2753 /* Make weak undefined symbols in PIE dynamic. */
2756 _bfd_elf_link_hash_fixup_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2757 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
2759 if (bfd_link_pie (info
)
2761 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2762 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
2767 /* Fix up the flags for a symbol. This handles various cases which
2768 can only be fixed after all the input files are seen. This is
2769 currently called by both adjust_dynamic_symbol and
2770 assign_sym_version, which is unnecessary but perhaps more robust in
2771 the face of future changes. */
2774 _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2775 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
)
2777 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2779 /* If this symbol was mentioned in a non-ELF file, try to set
2780 DEF_REGULAR and REF_REGULAR correctly. This is the only way to
2781 permit a non-ELF file to correctly refer to a symbol defined in
2782 an ELF dynamic object. */
2785 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2786 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2788 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
2789 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2792 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
2796 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
2797 && (bfd_get_flavour (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
2798 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
))
2801 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
2807 if (h
->dynindx
== -1
2811 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (eif
->info
, h
))
2820 /* Unfortunately, NON_ELF is only correct if the symbol
2821 was first seen in a non-ELF file. Fortunately, if the symbol
2822 was first seen in an ELF file, we're probably OK unless the
2823 symbol was defined in a non-ELF file. Catch that case here.
2824 FIXME: We're still in trouble if the symbol was first seen in
2825 a dynamic object, and then later in a non-ELF regular object. */
2826 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2827 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2829 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
2830 ? (bfd_get_flavour (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
2831 != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
2832 : (bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)
2833 && !h
->def_dynamic
)))
2837 /* Backend specific symbol fixup. */
2838 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->dynobj
);
2839 if (bed
->elf_backend_fixup_symbol
2840 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fixup_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
))
2843 /* If this is a final link, and the symbol was defined as a common
2844 symbol in a regular object file, and there was no definition in
2845 any dynamic object, then the linker will have allocated space for
2846 the symbol in a common section but the DEF_REGULAR
2847 flag will not have been set. */
2848 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2852 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| BFD_PLUGIN
)) == 0)
2855 /* Symbols defined in discarded sections shouldn't be dynamic. */
2856 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
&& h
->indx
== -3)
2857 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
2859 /* If a weak undefined symbol has non-default visibility, we also
2860 hide it from the dynamic linker. */
2861 else if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
2862 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2863 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
2865 /* A hidden versioned symbol in executable should be forced local if
2866 it is is locally defined, not referenced by shared library and not
2868 else if (bfd_link_executable (eif
->info
)
2869 && h
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
2870 && !eif
->info
->export_dynamic
2874 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
2876 /* If -Bsymbolic was used (which means to bind references to global
2877 symbols to the definition within the shared object), and this
2878 symbol was defined in a regular object, then it actually doesn't
2879 need a PLT entry. Likewise, if the symbol has non-default
2880 visibility. If the symbol has hidden or internal visibility, we
2881 will force it local. */
2882 else if (h
->needs_plt
2883 && bfd_link_pic (eif
->info
)
2884 && is_elf_hash_table (eif
->info
->hash
)
2885 && (SYMBOLIC_BIND (eif
->info
, h
)
2886 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
2889 bfd_boolean force_local
;
2891 force_local
= (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
2892 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
);
2893 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, force_local
);
2896 /* If this is a weak defined symbol in a dynamic object, and we know
2897 the real definition in the dynamic object, copy interesting flags
2898 over to the real definition. */
2899 if (h
->is_weakalias
)
2901 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*def
= weakdef (h
);
2903 /* If the real definition is defined by a regular object file,
2904 don't do anything special. See the longer description in
2905 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol, below. */
2906 if (def
->def_regular
)
2909 while ((h
= h
->u
.alias
) != def
)
2910 h
->is_weakalias
= 0;
2914 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2915 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2916 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2917 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
2918 BFD_ASSERT (def
->def_dynamic
);
2919 BFD_ASSERT (def
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
);
2920 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (eif
->info
, def
, h
);
2927 /* Make the backend pick a good value for a dynamic symbol. This is
2928 called via elf_link_hash_traverse, and also calls itself
2932 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2934 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
= (struct elf_info_failed
*) data
;
2935 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2936 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2938 if (! is_elf_hash_table (eif
->info
->hash
))
2941 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
2942 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2945 /* Fix the symbol flags. */
2946 if (! _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (h
, eif
))
2949 htab
= elf_hash_table (eif
->info
);
2950 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (htab
->dynobj
);
2952 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2954 if (eif
->info
->dynamic_undefined_weak
== 0)
2955 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
2956 else if (eif
->info
->dynamic_undefined_weak
> 0
2958 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
2959 && !bfd_hide_sym_by_version (eif
->info
->version_info
,
2960 h
->root
.root
.string
))
2962 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (eif
->info
, h
))
2970 /* If this symbol does not require a PLT entry, and it is not
2971 defined by a dynamic object, or is not referenced by a regular
2972 object, ignore it. We do have to handle a weak defined symbol,
2973 even if no regular object refers to it, if we decided to add it
2974 to the dynamic symbol table. FIXME: Do we normally need to worry
2975 about symbols which are defined by one dynamic object and
2976 referenced by another one? */
2978 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
2982 && (!h
->is_weakalias
|| weakdef (h
)->dynindx
== -1))))
2984 h
->plt
= elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->init_plt_offset
;
2988 /* If we've already adjusted this symbol, don't do it again. This
2989 can happen via a recursive call. */
2990 if (h
->dynamic_adjusted
)
2993 /* Don't look at this symbol again. Note that we must set this
2994 after checking the above conditions, because we may look at a
2995 symbol once, decide not to do anything, and then get called
2996 recursively later after REF_REGULAR is set below. */
2997 h
->dynamic_adjusted
= 1;
2999 /* If this is a weak definition, and we know a real definition, and
3000 the real symbol is not itself defined by a regular object file,
3001 then get a good value for the real definition. We handle the
3002 real symbol first, for the convenience of the backend routine.
3004 Note that there is a confusing case here. If the real definition
3005 is defined by a regular object file, we don't get the real symbol
3006 from the dynamic object, but we do get the weak symbol. If the
3007 processor backend uses a COPY reloc, then if some routine in the
3008 dynamic object changes the real symbol, we will not see that
3009 change in the corresponding weak symbol. This is the way other
3010 ELF linkers work as well, and seems to be a result of the shared
3013 I will clarify this issue. Most SVR4 shared libraries define the
3014 variable _timezone and define timezone as a weak synonym. The
3015 tzset call changes _timezone. If you write
3016 extern int timezone;
3018 int main () { tzset (); printf ("%d %d\n", timezone, _timezone); }
3019 you might expect that, since timezone is a synonym for _timezone,
3020 the same number will print both times. However, if the processor
3021 backend uses a COPY reloc, then actually timezone will be copied
3022 into your process image, and, since you define _timezone
3023 yourself, _timezone will not. Thus timezone and _timezone will
3024 wind up at different memory locations. The tzset call will set
3025 _timezone, leaving timezone unchanged. */
3027 if (h
->is_weakalias
)
3029 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*def
= weakdef (h
);
3031 /* If we get to this point, there is an implicit reference to
3032 the alias by a regular object file via the weak symbol H. */
3033 def
->ref_regular
= 1;
3035 /* Ensure that the backend adjust_dynamic_symbol function sees
3036 the strong alias before H by recursively calling ourselves. */
3037 if (!_bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (def
, eif
))
3041 /* If a symbol has no type and no size and does not require a PLT
3042 entry, then we are probably about to do the wrong thing here: we
3043 are probably going to create a COPY reloc for an empty object.
3044 This case can arise when a shared object is built with assembly
3045 code, and the assembly code fails to set the symbol type. */
3047 && h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
3050 (_("warning: type and size of dynamic symbol `%s' are not defined"),
3051 h
->root
.root
.string
);
3053 if (! (*bed
->elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
))
3062 /* Adjust the dynamic symbol, H, for copy in the dynamic bss section,
3066 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3067 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3070 unsigned int power_of_two
;
3072 asection
*sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
3074 /* The section alignment of the definition is the maximum alignment
3075 requirement of symbols defined in the section. Since we don't
3076 know the symbol alignment requirement, we start with the
3077 maximum alignment and check low bits of the symbol address
3078 for the minimum alignment. */
3079 power_of_two
= bfd_get_section_alignment (sec
->owner
, sec
);
3080 mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << power_of_two
) - 1;
3081 while ((h
->root
.u
.def
.value
& mask
) != 0)
3087 if (power_of_two
> bfd_get_section_alignment (dynbss
->owner
,
3090 /* Adjust the section alignment if needed. */
3091 if (! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynbss
->owner
, dynbss
,
3096 /* We make sure that the symbol will be aligned properly. */
3097 dynbss
->size
= BFD_ALIGN (dynbss
->size
, mask
+ 1);
3099 /* Define the symbol as being at this point in DYNBSS. */
3100 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= dynbss
;
3101 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= dynbss
->size
;
3103 /* Increment the size of DYNBSS to make room for the symbol. */
3104 dynbss
->size
+= h
->size
;
3106 /* No error if extern_protected_data is true. */
3107 if (h
->protected_def
3108 && (!info
->extern_protected_data
3109 || (info
->extern_protected_data
< 0
3110 && !get_elf_backend_data (dynbss
->owner
)->extern_protected_data
)))
3111 info
->callbacks
->einfo
3112 (_("%P: copy reloc against protected `%pT' is dangerous\n"),
3113 h
->root
.root
.string
);
3118 /* Adjust all external symbols pointing into SEC_MERGE sections
3119 to reflect the object merging within the sections. */
3122 _bfd_elf_link_sec_merge_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
3126 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3127 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
3128 && ((sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
3129 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
3131 bfd
*output_bfd
= (bfd
*) data
;
3133 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
=
3134 _bfd_merged_section_offset (output_bfd
,
3135 &h
->root
.u
.def
.section
,
3136 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
3137 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
3143 /* Returns false if the symbol referred to by H should be considered
3144 to resolve local to the current module, and true if it should be
3145 considered to bind dynamically. */
3148 _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3149 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3150 bfd_boolean not_local_protected
)
3152 bfd_boolean binding_stays_local_p
;
3153 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3154 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
3159 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3160 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3161 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
3163 /* If it was forced local, then clearly it's not dynamic. */
3164 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
3166 if (h
->forced_local
)
3169 /* Identify the cases where name binding rules say that a
3170 visible symbol resolves locally. */
3171 binding_stays_local_p
= (bfd_link_executable (info
)
3172 || SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
));
3174 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
3181 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3182 if (!is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
3185 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3187 /* Proper resolution for function pointer equality may require
3188 that these symbols perhaps be resolved dynamically, even though
3189 we should be resolving them to the current module. */
3190 if (!not_local_protected
|| !bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
))
3191 binding_stays_local_p
= TRUE
;
3198 /* If it isn't defined locally, then clearly it's dynamic. */
3199 if (!h
->def_regular
&& !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
3202 /* Otherwise, the symbol is dynamic if binding rules don't tell
3203 us that it remains local. */
3204 return !binding_stays_local_p
;
3207 /* Return true if the symbol referred to by H should be considered
3208 to resolve local to the current module, and false otherwise. Differs
3209 from (the inverse of) _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p in the treatment of
3210 undefined symbols. The two functions are virtually identical except
3211 for the place where dynindx == -1 is tested. If that test is true,
3212 _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p will say the symbol is local, while
3213 _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p will say the symbol is local only for
3215 It might seem that _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p could be rewritten as
3216 !_bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p, except that targets differ in their
3217 treatment of undefined weak symbols. For those that do not make
3218 undefined weak symbols dynamic, both functions may return false. */
3221 _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3222 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3223 bfd_boolean local_protected
)
3225 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3226 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
3228 /* If it's a local sym, of course we resolve locally. */
3232 /* STV_HIDDEN or STV_INTERNAL ones must be local. */
3233 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
3234 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
)
3237 /* Forced local symbols resolve locally. */
3238 if (h
->forced_local
)
3241 /* Common symbols that become definitions don't get the DEF_REGULAR
3242 flag set, so test it first, and don't bail out. */
3243 if (ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
3245 /* If we don't have a definition in a regular file, then we can't
3246 resolve locally. The sym is either undefined or dynamic. */
3247 else if (!h
->def_regular
)
3250 /* Non-dynamic symbols resolve locally. */
3251 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
3254 /* At this point, we know the symbol is defined and dynamic. In an
3255 executable it must resolve locally, likewise when building symbolic
3256 shared libraries. */
3257 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) || SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
))
3260 /* Now deal with defined dynamic symbols in shared libraries. Ones
3261 with default visibility might not resolve locally. */
3262 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
3265 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3266 if (!is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
3269 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3271 /* If extern_protected_data is false, STV_PROTECTED non-function
3272 symbols are local. */
3273 if ((!info
->extern_protected_data
3274 || (info
->extern_protected_data
< 0
3275 && !bed
->extern_protected_data
))
3276 && !bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
))
3279 /* Function pointer equality tests may require that STV_PROTECTED
3280 symbols be treated as dynamic symbols. If the address of a
3281 function not defined in an executable is set to that function's
3282 plt entry in the executable, then the address of the function in
3283 a shared library must also be the plt entry in the executable. */
3284 return local_protected
;
3287 /* Caches some TLS segment info, and ensures that the TLS segment vma is
3288 aligned. Returns the first TLS output section. */
3290 struct bfd_section
*
3291 _bfd_elf_tls_setup (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3293 struct bfd_section
*sec
, *tls
;
3294 unsigned int align
= 0;
3296 for (sec
= obfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3297 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
3301 for (; sec
!= NULL
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0; sec
= sec
->next
)
3302 if (sec
->alignment_power
> align
)
3303 align
= sec
->alignment_power
;
3305 elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
= tls
;
3307 /* Ensure the alignment of the first section is the largest alignment,
3308 so that the tls segment starts aligned. */
3310 tls
->alignment_power
= align
;
3315 /* Return TRUE iff this is a non-common, definition of a non-function symbol. */
3317 is_global_data_symbol_definition (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
3318 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
3320 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3322 /* Local symbols do not count, but target specific ones might. */
3323 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) != STB_GLOBAL
3324 && ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) < STB_LOOS
)
3327 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3328 /* Function symbols do not count. */
3329 if (bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)))
3332 /* If the section is undefined, then so is the symbol. */
3333 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
3336 /* If the symbol is defined in the common section, then
3337 it is a common definition and so does not count. */
3338 if (bed
->common_definition (sym
))
3341 /* If the symbol is in a target specific section then we
3342 must rely upon the backend to tell us what it is. */
3343 if (sym
->st_shndx
>= SHN_LORESERVE
&& sym
->st_shndx
< SHN_ABS
)
3344 /* FIXME - this function is not coded yet:
3346 return _bfd_is_global_symbol_definition (abfd, sym);
3348 Instead for now assume that the definition is not global,
3349 Even if this is wrong, at least the linker will behave
3350 in the same way that it used to do. */
3356 /* Search the symbol table of the archive element of the archive ABFD
3357 whose archive map contains a mention of SYMDEF, and determine if
3358 the symbol is defined in this element. */
3360 elf_link_is_defined_archive_symbol (bfd
* abfd
, carsym
* symdef
)
3362 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* hdr
;
3366 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
3367 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
3368 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
3371 abfd
= _bfd_get_elt_at_filepos (abfd
, symdef
->file_offset
);
3375 if (! bfd_check_format (abfd
, bfd_object
))
3378 /* Select the appropriate symbol table. If we don't know if the
3379 object file is an IR object, give linker LTO plugin a chance to
3380 get the correct symbol table. */
3381 if (abfd
->plugin_format
== bfd_plugin_yes
3382 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
3383 || (abfd
->plugin_format
== bfd_plugin_unknown
3384 && bfd_link_plugin_object_p (abfd
))
3388 /* Use the IR symbol table if the object has been claimed by
3390 abfd
= abfd
->plugin_dummy_bfd
;
3391 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3393 else if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
3394 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3396 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
3398 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
3400 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
3401 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols. */
3402 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
3404 extsymcount
= symcount
;
3409 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
3410 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
3413 if (extsymcount
== 0)
3416 /* Read in the symbol table. */
3417 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
3419 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
3422 /* Scan the symbol table looking for SYMDEF. */
3424 for (isym
= isymbuf
, isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
3428 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
3433 if (strcmp (name
, symdef
->name
) == 0)
3435 result
= is_global_data_symbol_definition (abfd
, isym
);
3445 /* Add an entry to the .dynamic table. */
3448 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3452 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
3453 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3455 bfd_size_type newsize
;
3456 bfd_byte
*newcontents
;
3457 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3459 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3460 if (! is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
3463 if (tag
== DT_RELA
|| tag
== DT_REL
)
3464 hash_table
->dynamic_relocs
= TRUE
;
3466 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3467 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (hash_table
->dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3468 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3470 newsize
= s
->size
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
3471 newcontents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_realloc (s
->contents
, newsize
);
3472 if (newcontents
== NULL
)
3476 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= val
;
3477 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (hash_table
->dynobj
, &dyn
, newcontents
+ s
->size
);
3480 s
->contents
= newcontents
;
3485 /* Add a DT_NEEDED entry for this dynamic object if DO_IT is true,
3486 otherwise just check whether one already exists. Returns -1 on error,
3487 1 if a DT_NEEDED tag already exists, and 0 on success. */
3490 elf_add_dt_needed_tag (bfd
*abfd
,
3491 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3495 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
3498 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (abfd
, info
))
3501 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3502 strindex
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (hash_table
->dynstr
, soname
, FALSE
);
3503 if (strindex
== (size_t) -1)
3506 if (_bfd_elf_strtab_refcount (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
) != 1)
3509 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3512 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3513 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (hash_table
->dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3515 for (extdyn
= sdyn
->contents
;
3516 extdyn
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
3517 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
3519 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3521 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (hash_table
->dynobj
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
3522 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
3523 && dyn
.d_un
.d_val
== strindex
)
3525 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
);
3533 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (hash_table
->dynobj
, info
))
3536 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_NEEDED
, strindex
))
3540 /* We were just checking for existence of the tag. */
3541 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
);
3546 /* Return true if SONAME is on the needed list between NEEDED and STOP
3547 (or the end of list if STOP is NULL), and needed by a library that
3551 on_needed_list (const char *soname
,
3552 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*needed
,
3553 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*stop
)
3555 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*look
;
3556 for (look
= needed
; look
!= stop
; look
= look
->next
)
3557 if (strcmp (soname
, look
->name
) == 0
3558 && ((elf_dyn_lib_class (look
->by
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) == 0
3559 /* If needed by a library that itself is not directly
3560 needed, recursively check whether that library is
3561 indirectly needed. Since we add DT_NEEDED entries to
3562 the end of the list, library dependencies appear after
3563 the library. Therefore search prior to the current
3564 LOOK, preventing possible infinite recursion. */
3565 || on_needed_list (elf_dt_name (look
->by
), needed
, look
)))
3571 /* Sort symbol by value, section, and size. */
3573 elf_sort_symbol (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
3575 const struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h1
;
3576 const struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h2
;
3577 bfd_signed_vma vdiff
;
3579 h1
= *(const struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) arg1
;
3580 h2
= *(const struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) arg2
;
3581 vdiff
= h1
->root
.u
.def
.value
- h2
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
3583 return vdiff
> 0 ? 1 : -1;
3586 int sdiff
= h1
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
- h2
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
;
3588 return sdiff
> 0 ? 1 : -1;
3590 vdiff
= h1
->size
- h2
->size
;
3591 return vdiff
== 0 ? 0 : vdiff
> 0 ? 1 : -1;
3594 /* This function is used to adjust offsets into .dynstr for
3595 dynamic symbols. This is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
3598 elf_adjust_dynstr_offsets (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
3600 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
= (struct elf_strtab_hash
*) data
;
3602 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
3603 h
->dynstr_index
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, h
->dynstr_index
);
3607 /* Assign string offsets in .dynstr, update all structures referencing
3611 elf_finalize_dynstr (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3613 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3614 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*entry
;
3615 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
= hash_table
->dynstr
;
3616 bfd
*dynobj
= hash_table
->dynobj
;
3619 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3622 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (dynstr
);
3623 size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (dynstr
);
3625 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
);
3626 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3627 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
3629 /* Update all .dynamic entries referencing .dynstr strings. */
3630 for (extdyn
= sdyn
->contents
;
3631 extdyn
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
3632 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
3634 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3636 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
3640 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= size
;
3650 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
3655 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (dynobj
, &dyn
, extdyn
);
3658 /* Now update local dynamic symbols. */
3659 for (entry
= hash_table
->dynlocal
; entry
; entry
= entry
->next
)
3660 entry
->isym
.st_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3661 entry
->isym
.st_name
);
3663 /* And the rest of dynamic symbols. */
3664 elf_link_hash_traverse (hash_table
, elf_adjust_dynstr_offsets
, dynstr
);
3666 /* Adjust version definitions. */
3667 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
)
3672 Elf_Internal_Verdef def
;
3673 Elf_Internal_Verdaux defaux
;
3675 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_d");
3679 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (output_bfd
, (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
,
3681 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
3682 if (def
.vd_aux
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
3684 for (i
= 0; i
< def
.vd_cnt
; ++i
)
3686 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (output_bfd
,
3687 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
, &defaux
);
3688 defaux
.vda_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3690 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
,
3691 &defaux
, (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
3692 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
3695 while (def
.vd_next
);
3698 /* Adjust version references. */
3699 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
)
3704 Elf_Internal_Verneed need
;
3705 Elf_Internal_Vernaux needaux
;
3707 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_r");
3711 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (output_bfd
, (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
,
3713 need
.vn_file
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, need
.vn_file
);
3714 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (output_bfd
, &need
,
3715 (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
);
3716 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
3717 for (i
= 0; i
< need
.vn_cnt
; ++i
)
3719 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (output_bfd
,
3720 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
, &needaux
);
3721 needaux
.vna_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3723 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (output_bfd
,
3725 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
);
3726 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
3729 while (need
.vn_next
);
3735 /* Return TRUE iff relocations for INPUT are compatible with OUTPUT.
3736 The default is to only match when the INPUT and OUTPUT are exactly
3740 _bfd_elf_default_relocs_compatible (const bfd_target
*input
,
3741 const bfd_target
*output
)
3743 return input
== output
;
3746 /* Return TRUE iff relocations for INPUT are compatible with OUTPUT.
3747 This version is used when different targets for the same architecture
3748 are virtually identical. */
3751 _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible (const bfd_target
*input
,
3752 const bfd_target
*output
)
3754 const struct elf_backend_data
*obed
, *ibed
;
3756 if (input
== output
)
3759 ibed
= xvec_get_elf_backend_data (input
);
3760 obed
= xvec_get_elf_backend_data (output
);
3762 if (ibed
->arch
!= obed
->arch
)
3765 /* If both backends are using this function, deem them compatible. */
3766 return ibed
->relocs_compatible
== obed
->relocs_compatible
;
3769 /* Make a special call to the linker "notice" function to tell it that
3770 we are about to handle an as-needed lib, or have finished
3771 processing the lib. */
3774 _bfd_elf_notice_as_needed (bfd
*ibfd
,
3775 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3776 enum notice_asneeded_action act
)
3778 return (*info
->callbacks
->notice
) (info
, NULL
, NULL
, ibfd
, NULL
, act
, 0);
3781 /* Check relocations an ELF object file. */
3784 _bfd_elf_link_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3786 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3787 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3789 /* If this object is the same format as the output object, and it is
3790 not a shared library, then let the backend look through the
3793 This is required to build global offset table entries and to
3794 arrange for dynamic relocs. It is not required for the
3795 particular common case of linking non PIC code, even when linking
3796 against shared libraries, but unfortunately there is no way of
3797 knowing whether an object file has been compiled PIC or not.
3798 Looking through the relocs is not particularly time consuming.
3799 The problem is that we must either (1) keep the relocs in memory,
3800 which causes the linker to require additional runtime memory or
3801 (2) read the relocs twice from the input file, which wastes time.
3802 This would be a good case for using mmap.
3804 I have no idea how to handle linking PIC code into a file of a
3805 different format. It probably can't be done. */
3806 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
3807 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
3808 && bed
->check_relocs
!= NULL
3809 && elf_object_id (abfd
) == elf_hash_table_id (htab
)
3810 && (*bed
->relocs_compatible
) (abfd
->xvec
, info
->output_bfd
->xvec
))
3814 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
3816 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
3819 /* Don't check relocations in excluded sections. */
3820 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
3821 || (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0
3822 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
3823 || ((info
->strip
== strip_all
|| info
->strip
== strip_debugger
)
3824 && (o
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
3825 || bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
3828 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
3830 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
3833 ok
= (*bed
->check_relocs
) (abfd
, info
, o
, internal_relocs
);
3835 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
3836 free (internal_relocs
);
3846 /* Add symbols from an ELF object file to the linker hash table. */
3849 elf_link_add_object_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3851 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
;
3852 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
3856 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hash
;
3857 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
3858 Elf_External_Versym
*extversym
= NULL
;
3859 Elf_External_Versym
*ever
;
3860 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*weaks
;
3861 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**nondeflt_vers
= NULL
;
3862 size_t nondeflt_vers_cnt
= 0;
3863 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
3864 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
3865 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
3866 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3867 bfd_boolean add_needed
;
3868 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3870 void *alloc_mark
= NULL
;
3871 struct bfd_hash_entry
**old_table
= NULL
;
3872 unsigned int old_size
= 0;
3873 unsigned int old_count
= 0;
3874 void *old_tab
= NULL
;
3876 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*old_undefs
= NULL
;
3877 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*old_undefs_tail
= NULL
;
3878 void *old_strtab
= NULL
;
3881 bfd_boolean just_syms
;
3883 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3884 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3886 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
3892 /* You can't use -r against a dynamic object. Also, there's no
3893 hope of using a dynamic object which does not exactly match
3894 the format of the output file. */
3895 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
3896 || !is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
3897 || info
->output_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
3899 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
3900 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
3902 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
3907 ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
3908 if (info
->warn_alternate_em
3909 && bed
->elf_machine_code
!= ehdr
->e_machine
3910 && ((bed
->elf_machine_alt1
!= 0
3911 && ehdr
->e_machine
== bed
->elf_machine_alt1
)
3912 || (bed
->elf_machine_alt2
!= 0
3913 && ehdr
->e_machine
== bed
->elf_machine_alt2
)))
3915 /* xgettext:c-format */
3916 (_("alternate ELF machine code found (%d) in %pB, expecting %d"),
3917 ehdr
->e_machine
, abfd
, bed
->elf_machine_code
);
3919 /* As a GNU extension, any input sections which are named
3920 .gnu.warning.SYMBOL are treated as warning symbols for the given
3921 symbol. This differs from .gnu.warning sections, which generate
3922 warnings when they are included in an output file. */
3923 /* PR 12761: Also generate this warning when building shared libraries. */
3924 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3928 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, s
);
3929 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.warning."))
3934 name
+= sizeof ".gnu.warning." - 1;
3936 /* If this is a shared object, then look up the symbol
3937 in the hash table. If it is there, and it is already
3938 been defined, then we will not be using the entry
3939 from this shared object, so we don't need to warn.
3940 FIXME: If we see the definition in a regular object
3941 later on, we will warn, but we shouldn't. The only
3942 fix is to keep track of what warnings we are supposed
3943 to emit, and then handle them all at the end of the
3947 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3949 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
3951 /* FIXME: What about bfd_link_hash_common? */
3953 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3954 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
3959 msg
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sz
+ 1);
3963 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, s
, msg
, 0, sz
))
3968 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
3969 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_WARNING
, s
, 0, msg
,
3970 FALSE
, bed
->collect
, NULL
)))
3973 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
3975 /* Clobber the section size so that the warning does
3976 not get copied into the output file. */
3979 /* Also set SEC_EXCLUDE, so that symbols defined in
3980 the warning section don't get copied to the output. */
3981 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
3986 just_syms
= ((s
= abfd
->sections
) != NULL
3987 && s
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
);
3992 /* If we are creating a shared library, create all the dynamic
3993 sections immediately. We need to attach them to something,
3994 so we attach them to this BFD, provided it is the right
3995 format and is not from ld --just-symbols. Always create the
3996 dynamic sections for -E/--dynamic-list. FIXME: If there
3997 are no input BFD's of the same format as the output, we can't
3998 make a shared library. */
4000 && (bfd_link_pic (info
)
4001 || (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
4003 && (info
->export_dynamic
|| info
->dynamic
)))
4004 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
4005 && info
->output_bfd
->xvec
== abfd
->xvec
4006 && !htab
->dynamic_sections_created
)
4008 if (! _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
4012 else if (!is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
4016 const char *soname
= NULL
;
4018 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*rpath
= NULL
, *runpath
= NULL
;
4019 const Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
;
4022 /* ld --just-symbols and dynamic objects don't mix very well.
4023 ld shouldn't allow it. */
4027 /* If this dynamic lib was specified on the command line with
4028 --as-needed in effect, then we don't want to add a DT_NEEDED
4029 tag unless the lib is actually used. Similary for libs brought
4030 in by another lib's DT_NEEDED. When --no-add-needed is used
4031 on a dynamic lib, we don't want to add a DT_NEEDED entry for
4032 any dynamic library in DT_NEEDED tags in the dynamic lib at
4034 add_needed
= (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
)
4035 & (DYN_AS_NEEDED
| DYN_DT_NEEDED
4036 | DYN_NO_NEEDED
)) == 0;
4038 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
4043 unsigned int elfsec
;
4044 unsigned long shlink
;
4046 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
4053 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
4054 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
4055 goto error_free_dyn
;
4056 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
4058 for (extdyn
= dynbuf
;
4059 extdyn
< dynbuf
+ s
->size
;
4060 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
4062 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
4064 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
4065 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_SONAME
)
4067 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
4068 soname
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
4070 goto error_free_dyn
;
4072 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
)
4074 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
4076 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
4078 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
4079 n
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4080 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
4081 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
4082 goto error_free_dyn
;
4083 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
4084 anm
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4086 goto error_free_dyn
;
4087 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
4091 for (pn
= &htab
->needed
; *pn
!= NULL
; pn
= &(*pn
)->next
)
4095 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RUNPATH
)
4097 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
4099 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
4101 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
4102 n
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4103 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
4104 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
4105 goto error_free_dyn
;
4106 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
4107 anm
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4109 goto error_free_dyn
;
4110 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
4114 for (pn
= & runpath
;
4120 /* Ignore DT_RPATH if we have seen DT_RUNPATH. */
4121 if (!runpath
&& dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RPATH
)
4123 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
4125 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
4127 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
4128 n
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4129 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
4130 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
4131 goto error_free_dyn
;
4132 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
4133 anm
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4135 goto error_free_dyn
;
4136 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
4146 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_AUDIT
)
4148 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
4149 audit
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
4156 /* DT_RUNPATH overrides DT_RPATH. Do _NOT_ bfd_release, as that
4157 frees all more recently bfd_alloc'd blocks as well. */
4163 struct bfd_link_needed_list
**pn
;
4164 for (pn
= &htab
->runpath
; *pn
!= NULL
; pn
= &(*pn
)->next
)
4169 /* If we have a PT_GNU_RELRO program header, mark as read-only
4170 all sections contained fully therein. This makes relro
4171 shared library sections appear as they will at run-time. */
4172 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
+ elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
4173 while (--phdr
>= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
)
4174 if (phdr
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
4176 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4177 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
4178 && s
->vma
>= phdr
->p_vaddr
4179 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr
->p_memsz
)
4180 s
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
4184 /* We do not want to include any of the sections in a dynamic
4185 object in the output file. We hack by simply clobbering the
4186 list of sections in the BFD. This could be handled more
4187 cleanly by, say, a new section flag; the existing
4188 SEC_NEVER_LOAD flag is not the one we want, because that one
4189 still implies that the section takes up space in the output
4191 bfd_section_list_clear (abfd
);
4193 /* Find the name to use in a DT_NEEDED entry that refers to this
4194 object. If the object has a DT_SONAME entry, we use it.
4195 Otherwise, if the generic linker stuck something in
4196 elf_dt_name, we use that. Otherwise, we just use the file
4198 if (soname
== NULL
|| *soname
== '\0')
4200 soname
= elf_dt_name (abfd
);
4201 if (soname
== NULL
|| *soname
== '\0')
4202 soname
= bfd_get_filename (abfd
);
4205 /* Save the SONAME because sometimes the linker emulation code
4206 will need to know it. */
4207 elf_dt_name (abfd
) = soname
;
4209 ret
= elf_add_dt_needed_tag (abfd
, info
, soname
, add_needed
);
4213 /* If we have already included this dynamic object in the
4214 link, just ignore it. There is no reason to include a
4215 particular dynamic object more than once. */
4219 /* Save the DT_AUDIT entry for the linker emulation code. */
4220 elf_dt_audit (abfd
) = audit
;
4223 /* If this is a dynamic object, we always link against the .dynsym
4224 symbol table, not the .symtab symbol table. The dynamic linker
4225 will only see the .dynsym symbol table, so there is no reason to
4226 look at .symtab for a dynamic object. */
4228 if (! dynamic
|| elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
4229 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
4231 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
4233 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
4235 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
4236 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols at
4238 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
4240 extsymcount
= symcount
;
4245 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
4246 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
4249 sym_hash
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
4250 if (extsymcount
!= 0)
4252 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
4254 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
4257 if (sym_hash
== NULL
)
4259 /* We store a pointer to the hash table entry for each
4262 amt
*= sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
4263 sym_hash
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4264 if (sym_hash
== NULL
)
4265 goto error_free_sym
;
4266 elf_sym_hashes (abfd
) = sym_hash
;
4272 /* Read in any version definitions. */
4273 if (!_bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
,
4274 info
->default_imported_symver
))
4275 goto error_free_sym
;
4277 /* Read in the symbol versions, but don't bother to convert them
4278 to internal format. */
4279 if (elf_dynversym (abfd
) != 0)
4281 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*versymhdr
;
4283 versymhdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
;
4284 extversym
= (Elf_External_Versym
*) bfd_malloc (versymhdr
->sh_size
);
4285 if (extversym
== NULL
)
4286 goto error_free_sym
;
4287 amt
= versymhdr
->sh_size
;
4288 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, versymhdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
4289 || bfd_bread (extversym
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
4290 goto error_free_vers
;
4294 /* If we are loading an as-needed shared lib, save the symbol table
4295 state before we start adding symbols. If the lib turns out
4296 to be unneeded, restore the state. */
4297 if ((elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0)
4302 for (entsize
= 0, i
= 0; i
< htab
->root
.table
.size
; i
++)
4304 struct bfd_hash_entry
*p
;
4305 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4307 for (p
= htab
->root
.table
.table
[i
]; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
4309 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
4310 entsize
+= htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4311 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4312 entsize
+= htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4316 tabsize
= htab
->root
.table
.size
* sizeof (struct bfd_hash_entry
*);
4317 old_tab
= bfd_malloc (tabsize
+ entsize
);
4318 if (old_tab
== NULL
)
4319 goto error_free_vers
;
4321 /* Remember the current objalloc pointer, so that all mem for
4322 symbols added can later be reclaimed. */
4323 alloc_mark
= bfd_hash_allocate (&htab
->root
.table
, 1);
4324 if (alloc_mark
== NULL
)
4325 goto error_free_vers
;
4327 /* Make a special call to the linker "notice" function to
4328 tell it that we are about to handle an as-needed lib. */
4329 if (!(*bed
->notice_as_needed
) (abfd
, info
, notice_as_needed
))
4330 goto error_free_vers
;
4332 /* Clone the symbol table. Remember some pointers into the
4333 symbol table, and dynamic symbol count. */
4334 old_ent
= (char *) old_tab
+ tabsize
;
4335 memcpy (old_tab
, htab
->root
.table
.table
, tabsize
);
4336 old_undefs
= htab
->root
.undefs
;
4337 old_undefs_tail
= htab
->root
.undefs_tail
;
4338 old_table
= htab
->root
.table
.table
;
4339 old_size
= htab
->root
.table
.size
;
4340 old_count
= htab
->root
.table
.count
;
4341 old_strtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_save (htab
->dynstr
);
4342 if (old_strtab
== NULL
)
4343 goto error_free_vers
;
4345 for (i
= 0; i
< htab
->root
.table
.size
; i
++)
4347 struct bfd_hash_entry
*p
;
4348 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4350 for (p
= htab
->root
.table
.table
[i
]; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
4352 memcpy (old_ent
, p
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
4353 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4354 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
4355 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4357 memcpy (old_ent
, h
->root
.u
.i
.link
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
4358 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4365 ever
= extversym
!= NULL
? extversym
+ extsymoff
: NULL
;
4366 for (isym
= isymbuf
, isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
;
4368 isym
++, sym_hash
++, ever
= (ever
!= NULL
? ever
+ 1 : NULL
))
4372 asection
*sec
, *new_sec
;
4375 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4376 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
;
4377 bfd_boolean definition
;
4378 bfd_boolean size_change_ok
;
4379 bfd_boolean type_change_ok
;
4380 bfd_boolean new_weak
;
4381 bfd_boolean old_weak
;
4382 bfd_boolean override
;
4384 bfd_boolean discarded
;
4385 unsigned int old_alignment
;
4387 bfd_boolean matched
;
4391 flags
= BSF_NO_FLAGS
;
4393 value
= isym
->st_value
;
4394 common
= bed
->common_definition (isym
);
4395 if (common
&& info
->inhibit_common_definition
)
4397 /* Treat common symbol as undefined for --no-define-common. */
4398 isym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
4403 bind
= ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
);
4407 /* This should be impossible, since ELF requires that all
4408 global symbols follow all local symbols, and that sh_info
4409 point to the first global symbol. Unfortunately, Irix 5
4414 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& !common
)
4422 case STB_GNU_UNIQUE
:
4423 flags
= BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
;
4427 /* Leave it up to the processor backend. */
4431 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
4432 sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
4433 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
4434 sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
4435 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
4437 sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
4438 /* What ELF calls the size we call the value. What ELF
4439 calls the value we call the alignment. */
4440 value
= isym
->st_size
;
4444 sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
4446 sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
4447 else if (discarded_section (sec
))
4449 /* Symbols from discarded section are undefined. We keep
4451 sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
4453 isym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
4455 else if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) != 0)
4459 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
4462 goto error_free_vers
;
4464 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
4465 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
4467 asection
*xc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, "COMMON");
4471 flagword sflags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_IS_COMMON
| SEC_KEEP
4473 xc
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, "COMMON", sflags
);
4475 goto error_free_vers
;
4479 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
4480 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
4481 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
4483 asection
*tcomm
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".tcommon");
4487 flagword sflags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_IS_COMMON
4488 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
4489 tcomm
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".tcommon", sflags
);
4491 goto error_free_vers
;
4495 else if (bed
->elf_add_symbol_hook
)
4497 if (! (*bed
->elf_add_symbol_hook
) (abfd
, info
, isym
, &name
, &flags
,
4499 goto error_free_vers
;
4501 /* The hook function sets the name to NULL if this symbol
4502 should be skipped for some reason. */
4507 /* Sanity check that all possibilities were handled. */
4510 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4511 goto error_free_vers
;
4514 /* Silently discard TLS symbols from --just-syms. There's
4515 no way to combine a static TLS block with a new TLS block
4516 for this executable. */
4517 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
4518 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
4521 if (bfd_is_und_section (sec
)
4522 || bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
4527 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
4528 type_change_ok
= bed
->type_change_ok
;
4535 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
4537 Elf_Internal_Versym iver
;
4538 unsigned int vernum
= 0;
4543 if (info
->default_imported_symver
)
4544 /* Use the default symbol version created earlier. */
4545 iver
.vs_vers
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
4550 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (abfd
, ever
, &iver
);
4552 vernum
= iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
4554 /* If this is a hidden symbol, or if it is not version
4555 1, we append the version name to the symbol name.
4556 However, we do not modify a non-hidden absolute symbol
4557 if it is not a function, because it might be the version
4558 symbol itself. FIXME: What if it isn't? */
4559 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) != 0
4561 && (!bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
4562 || bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
)))))
4565 size_t namelen
, verlen
, newlen
;
4568 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
4570 if (vernum
> elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
4572 else if (vernum
> 1)
4574 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
4581 /* xgettext:c-format */
4582 (_("%pB: %s: invalid version %u (max %d)"),
4584 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
4585 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4586 goto error_free_vers
;
4591 /* We cannot simply test for the number of
4592 entries in the VERNEED section since the
4593 numbers for the needed versions do not start
4595 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
4598 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
4602 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
4604 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
4606 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
4608 verstr
= a
->vna_nodename
;
4618 /* xgettext:c-format */
4619 (_("%pB: %s: invalid needed version %d"),
4620 abfd
, name
, vernum
);
4621 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4622 goto error_free_vers
;
4626 namelen
= strlen (name
);
4627 verlen
= strlen (verstr
);
4628 newlen
= namelen
+ verlen
+ 2;
4629 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
4630 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
4633 newname
= (char *) bfd_hash_allocate (&htab
->root
.table
, newlen
);
4634 if (newname
== NULL
)
4635 goto error_free_vers
;
4636 memcpy (newname
, name
, namelen
);
4637 p
= newname
+ namelen
;
4639 /* If this is a defined non-hidden version symbol,
4640 we add another @ to the name. This indicates the
4641 default version of the symbol. */
4642 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
4643 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
4645 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
4650 /* If this symbol has default visibility and the user has
4651 requested we not re-export it, then mark it as hidden. */
4652 if (!bfd_is_und_section (sec
)
4655 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
) != STV_INTERNAL
)
4656 isym
->st_other
= (STV_HIDDEN
4657 | (isym
->st_other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)));
4659 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, name
, isym
, &sec
, &value
,
4660 sym_hash
, &old_bfd
, &old_weak
,
4661 &old_alignment
, &skip
, &override
,
4662 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
,
4664 goto error_free_vers
;
4669 /* Override a definition only if the new symbol matches the
4671 if (override
&& matched
)
4675 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4676 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4677 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4679 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
!= NULL
4682 h
->verinfo
.verdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1];
4685 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4686 (info
, abfd
, name
, flags
, sec
, value
, NULL
, FALSE
, bed
->collect
,
4687 (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
**) sym_hash
)))
4688 goto error_free_vers
;
4690 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
4691 && (bfd_get_flavour (info
->output_bfd
)
4692 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
))
4694 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
4695 elf_tdata (info
->output_bfd
)->has_gnu_symbols
4696 |= elf_gnu_symbol_ifunc
;
4697 if ((flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
))
4698 elf_tdata (info
->output_bfd
)->has_gnu_symbols
4699 |= elf_gnu_symbol_unique
;
4703 /* We need to make sure that indirect symbol dynamic flags are
4706 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4707 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4708 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4710 /* Setting the index to -3 tells elf_link_output_extsym that
4711 this symbol is defined in a discarded section. */
4717 new_weak
= (flags
& BSF_WEAK
) != 0;
4721 && !bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
))
4722 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
4723 && h
->u
.alias
== NULL
)
4725 /* Keep a list of all weak defined non function symbols from
4726 a dynamic object, using the alias field. Later in this
4727 function we will set the alias field to the correct
4728 value. We only put non-function symbols from dynamic
4729 objects on this list, because that happens to be the only
4730 time we need to know the normal symbol corresponding to a
4731 weak symbol, and the information is time consuming to
4732 figure out. If the alias field is not already NULL,
4733 then this symbol was already defined by some previous
4734 dynamic object, and we will be using that previous
4735 definition anyhow. */
4741 /* Set the alignment of a common symbol. */
4742 if ((common
|| bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
4743 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4748 align
= bfd_log2 (isym
->st_value
);
4751 /* The new symbol is a common symbol in a shared object.
4752 We need to get the alignment from the section. */
4753 align
= new_sec
->alignment_power
;
4755 if (align
> old_alignment
)
4756 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= align
;
4758 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= old_alignment
;
4761 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
4763 /* Set a flag in the hash table entry indicating the type of
4764 reference or definition we just found. A dynamic symbol
4765 is one which is referenced or defined by both a regular
4766 object and a shared object. */
4767 bfd_boolean dynsym
= FALSE
;
4769 /* Plugin symbols aren't normal. Don't set def_regular or
4770 ref_regular for them, or make them dynamic. */
4771 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
4778 if (bind
!= STB_WEAK
)
4779 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
4791 /* If the indirect symbol has been forced local, don't
4792 make the real symbol dynamic. */
4793 if ((h
== hi
|| !hi
->forced_local
)
4794 && (bfd_link_dll (info
)
4804 hi
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
4809 hi
->def_dynamic
= 1;
4812 /* If the indirect symbol has been forced local, don't
4813 make the real symbol dynamic. */
4814 if ((h
== hi
|| !hi
->forced_local
)
4818 && weakdef (h
)->dynindx
!= -1)))
4822 /* Check to see if we need to add an indirect symbol for
4823 the default name. */
4825 || (!override
&& h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
))
4826 if (!_bfd_elf_add_default_symbol (abfd
, info
, h
, name
, isym
,
4827 sec
, value
, &old_bfd
, &dynsym
))
4828 goto error_free_vers
;
4830 /* Check the alignment when a common symbol is involved. This
4831 can change when a common symbol is overridden by a normal
4832 definition or a common symbol is ignored due to the old
4833 normal definition. We need to make sure the maximum
4834 alignment is maintained. */
4835 if ((old_alignment
|| common
)
4836 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_common
)
4838 unsigned int common_align
;
4839 unsigned int normal_align
;
4840 unsigned int symbol_align
;
4844 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4845 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
4847 symbol_align
= ffs (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
) - 1;
4848 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
4849 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
4850 & (DYNAMIC
| BFD_PLUGIN
)) == 0)
4852 normal_align
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->alignment_power
;
4853 if (normal_align
> symbol_align
)
4854 normal_align
= symbol_align
;
4857 normal_align
= symbol_align
;
4861 common_align
= old_alignment
;
4862 common_bfd
= old_bfd
;
4867 common_align
= bfd_log2 (isym
->st_value
);
4869 normal_bfd
= old_bfd
;
4872 if (normal_align
< common_align
)
4874 /* PR binutils/2735 */
4875 if (normal_bfd
== NULL
)
4877 /* xgettext:c-format */
4878 (_("warning: alignment %u of common symbol `%s' in %pB is"
4879 " greater than the alignment (%u) of its section %pA"),
4880 1 << common_align
, name
, common_bfd
,
4881 1 << normal_align
, h
->root
.u
.def
.section
);
4884 /* xgettext:c-format */
4885 (_("warning: alignment %u of symbol `%s' in %pB"
4886 " is smaller than %u in %pB"),
4887 1 << normal_align
, name
, normal_bfd
,
4888 1 << common_align
, common_bfd
);
4892 /* Remember the symbol size if it isn't undefined. */
4893 if (isym
->st_size
!= 0
4894 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
4895 && (definition
|| h
->size
== 0))
4898 && h
->size
!= isym
->st_size
4899 && ! size_change_ok
)
4901 /* xgettext:c-format */
4902 (_("warning: size of symbol `%s' changed"
4903 " from %" PRIu64
" in %pB to %" PRIu64
" in %pB"),
4904 name
, (uint64_t) h
->size
, old_bfd
,
4905 (uint64_t) isym
->st_size
, abfd
);
4907 h
->size
= isym
->st_size
;
4910 /* If this is a common symbol, then we always want H->SIZE
4911 to be the size of the common symbol. The code just above
4912 won't fix the size if a common symbol becomes larger. We
4913 don't warn about a size change here, because that is
4914 covered by --warn-common. Allow changes between different
4916 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4917 h
->size
= h
->root
.u
.c
.size
;
4919 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
4920 && ((definition
&& !new_weak
)
4921 || (old_weak
&& h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4922 || h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
))
4924 unsigned int type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
);
4926 /* Turn an IFUNC symbol from a DSO into a normal FUNC
4928 if (type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
4929 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
4932 if (h
->type
!= type
)
4934 if (h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
&& ! type_change_ok
)
4935 /* xgettext:c-format */
4937 (_("warning: type of symbol `%s' changed"
4938 " from %d to %d in %pB"),
4939 name
, h
->type
, type
, abfd
);
4945 /* Merge st_other field. */
4946 elf_merge_st_other (abfd
, h
, isym
, sec
, definition
, dynamic
);
4948 /* We don't want to make debug symbol dynamic. */
4950 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
4951 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
4954 /* Nor should we make plugin symbols dynamic. */
4955 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
4960 h
->target_internal
= isym
->st_target_internal
;
4961 h
->unique_global
= (flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
) != 0;
4964 if (definition
&& !dynamic
)
4966 char *p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
4967 if (p
!= NULL
&& p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
4969 /* Queue non-default versions so that .symver x, x@FOO
4970 aliases can be checked. */
4973 amt
= ((isymend
- isym
+ 1)
4974 * sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*));
4976 = (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
4978 goto error_free_vers
;
4980 nondeflt_vers
[nondeflt_vers_cnt
++] = h
;
4984 if (dynsym
&& h
->dynindx
== -1)
4986 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
4987 goto error_free_vers
;
4989 && weakdef (h
)->dynindx
== -1)
4991 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, weakdef (h
)))
4992 goto error_free_vers
;
4995 else if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
4996 /* If the symbol already has a dynamic index, but
4997 visibility says it should not be visible, turn it into
4999 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
5003 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
5008 /* Don't add DT_NEEDED for references from the dummy bfd nor
5009 for unmatched symbol. */
5014 && h
->ref_regular_nonweak
5016 || (old_bfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0))
5017 || (h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
5018 && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0
5019 && !on_needed_list (elf_dt_name (abfd
),
5020 htab
->needed
, NULL
))))
5023 const char *soname
= elf_dt_name (abfd
);
5025 info
->callbacks
->minfo ("%!", soname
, old_bfd
,
5026 h
->root
.root
.string
);
5028 /* A symbol from a library loaded via DT_NEEDED of some
5029 other library is referenced by a regular object.
5030 Add a DT_NEEDED entry for it. Issue an error if
5031 --no-add-needed is used and the reference was not
5034 && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_NO_NEEDED
) != 0)
5037 /* xgettext:c-format */
5038 (_("%pB: undefined reference to symbol '%s'"),
5040 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_missing_dso
);
5041 goto error_free_vers
;
5044 elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) = (enum dynamic_lib_link_class
)
5045 (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & ~DYN_AS_NEEDED
);
5048 ret
= elf_add_dt_needed_tag (abfd
, info
, soname
, add_needed
);
5050 goto error_free_vers
;
5052 BFD_ASSERT (ret
== 0);
5057 if (info
->lto_plugin_active
5058 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5059 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0
5065 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
5070 /* If linker plugin is enabled, set non_ir_ref_regular on symbols
5071 referenced in regular objects so that linker plugin will get
5072 the correct symbol resolution. */
5074 sym_hash
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
5075 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5077 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
5078 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
5080 /* Don't check relocations in excluded sections. */
5081 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
5082 || s
->reloc_count
== 0
5083 || (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0
5084 || ((info
->strip
== strip_all
5085 || info
->strip
== strip_debugger
)
5086 && (s
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0))
5089 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, s
, NULL
,
5092 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
5093 goto error_free_vers
;
5095 rel
= internal_relocs
;
5096 relend
= rel
+ s
->reloc_count
;
5097 for ( ; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
5099 unsigned long r_symndx
= rel
->r_info
>> r_sym_shift
;
5100 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5102 /* Skip local symbols. */
5103 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
5106 h
= sym_hash
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
5108 h
->root
.non_ir_ref_regular
= 1;
5111 if (elf_section_data (s
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
5112 free (internal_relocs
);
5116 if (extversym
!= NULL
)
5122 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
)
5128 if ((elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0)
5132 /* Restore the symbol table. */
5133 old_ent
= (char *) old_tab
+ tabsize
;
5134 memset (elf_sym_hashes (abfd
), 0,
5135 extsymcount
* sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*));
5136 htab
->root
.table
.table
= old_table
;
5137 htab
->root
.table
.size
= old_size
;
5138 htab
->root
.table
.count
= old_count
;
5139 memcpy (htab
->root
.table
.table
, old_tab
, tabsize
);
5140 htab
->root
.undefs
= old_undefs
;
5141 htab
->root
.undefs_tail
= old_undefs_tail
;
5142 _bfd_elf_strtab_restore (htab
->dynstr
, old_strtab
);
5145 for (i
= 0; i
< htab
->root
.table
.size
; i
++)
5147 struct bfd_hash_entry
*p
;
5148 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5150 unsigned int alignment_power
;
5151 unsigned int non_ir_ref_dynamic
;
5153 for (p
= htab
->root
.table
.table
[i
]; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
5155 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
5156 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
5157 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
5159 /* Preserve the maximum alignment and size for common
5160 symbols even if this dynamic lib isn't on DT_NEEDED
5161 since it can still be loaded at run time by another
5163 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
5165 size
= h
->root
.u
.c
.size
;
5166 alignment_power
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
5171 alignment_power
= 0;
5173 /* Preserve non_ir_ref_dynamic so that this symbol
5174 will be exported when the dynamic lib becomes needed
5175 in the second pass. */
5176 non_ir_ref_dynamic
= h
->root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
;
5177 memcpy (p
, old_ent
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
5178 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
5179 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
5180 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
5182 memcpy (h
->root
.u
.i
.link
, old_ent
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
5183 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
5184 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
5186 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
5188 if (size
> h
->root
.u
.c
.size
)
5189 h
->root
.u
.c
.size
= size
;
5190 if (alignment_power
> h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
)
5191 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= alignment_power
;
5193 h
->root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
= non_ir_ref_dynamic
;
5197 /* Make a special call to the linker "notice" function to
5198 tell it that symbols added for crefs may need to be removed. */
5199 if (!(*bed
->notice_as_needed
) (abfd
, info
, notice_not_needed
))
5200 goto error_free_vers
;
5203 objalloc_free_block ((struct objalloc
*) htab
->root
.table
.memory
,
5205 if (nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
5206 free (nondeflt_vers
);
5210 if (old_tab
!= NULL
)
5212 if (!(*bed
->notice_as_needed
) (abfd
, info
, notice_needed
))
5213 goto error_free_vers
;
5218 /* Now that all the symbols from this input file are created, if
5219 not performing a relocatable link, handle .symver foo, foo@BAR
5220 such that any relocs against foo become foo@BAR. */
5221 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
) && nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
5225 for (cnt
= 0; cnt
< nondeflt_vers_cnt
; ++cnt
)
5227 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= nondeflt_vers
[cnt
], *hi
;
5228 char *shortname
, *p
;
5230 p
= strchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5232 || (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
5233 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
5236 amt
= p
- h
->root
.root
.string
;
5237 shortname
= (char *) bfd_malloc (amt
+ 1);
5239 goto error_free_vers
;
5240 memcpy (shortname
, h
->root
.root
.string
, amt
);
5241 shortname
[amt
] = '\0';
5243 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5244 bfd_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->root
, shortname
,
5245 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
5247 && hi
->root
.type
== h
->root
.type
5248 && hi
->root
.u
.def
.value
== h
->root
.u
.def
.value
5249 && hi
->root
.u
.def
.section
== h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)
5251 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, hi
, TRUE
);
5252 hi
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
5253 hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5254 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hi
);
5255 sym_hash
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
5257 for (symidx
= 0; symidx
< extsymcount
; ++symidx
)
5258 if (sym_hash
[symidx
] == hi
)
5260 sym_hash
[symidx
] = h
;
5266 free (nondeflt_vers
);
5267 nondeflt_vers
= NULL
;
5270 /* Now set the alias field correctly for all the weak defined
5271 symbols we found. The only way to do this is to search all the
5272 symbols. Since we only need the information for non functions in
5273 dynamic objects, that's the only time we actually put anything on
5274 the list WEAKS. We need this information so that if a regular
5275 object refers to a symbol defined weakly in a dynamic object, the
5276 real symbol in the dynamic object is also put in the dynamic
5277 symbols; we also must arrange for both symbols to point to the
5278 same memory location. We could handle the general case of symbol
5279 aliasing, but a general symbol alias can only be generated in
5280 assembler code, handling it correctly would be very time
5281 consuming, and other ELF linkers don't handle general aliasing
5285 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hpp
;
5286 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hppend
;
5287 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sorted_sym_hash
;
5288 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5291 /* Since we have to search the whole symbol list for each weak
5292 defined symbol, search time for N weak defined symbols will be
5293 O(N^2). Binary search will cut it down to O(NlogN). */
5295 amt
*= sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
5296 sorted_sym_hash
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
5297 if (sorted_sym_hash
== NULL
)
5299 sym_hash
= sorted_sym_hash
;
5300 hpp
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
5301 hppend
= hpp
+ extsymcount
;
5303 for (; hpp
< hppend
; hpp
++)
5307 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5308 && !bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
))
5316 qsort (sorted_sym_hash
, sym_count
,
5317 sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*),
5320 while (weaks
!= NULL
)
5322 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hlook
;
5325 size_t i
, j
, idx
= 0;
5328 weaks
= hlook
->u
.alias
;
5329 hlook
->u
.alias
= NULL
;
5331 if (hlook
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
5332 && hlook
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5335 slook
= hlook
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
5336 vlook
= hlook
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5342 bfd_signed_vma vdiff
;
5344 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[idx
];
5345 vdiff
= vlook
- h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5352 int sdiff
= slook
->id
- h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
;
5362 /* We didn't find a value/section match. */
5366 /* With multiple aliases, or when the weak symbol is already
5367 strongly defined, we have multiple matching symbols and
5368 the binary search above may land on any of them. Step
5369 one past the matching symbol(s). */
5372 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[idx
];
5373 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= slook
5374 || h
->root
.u
.def
.value
!= vlook
)
5378 /* Now look back over the aliases. Since we sorted by size
5379 as well as value and section, we'll choose the one with
5380 the largest size. */
5383 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[idx
];
5385 /* Stop if value or section doesn't match. */
5386 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= slook
5387 || h
->root
.u
.def
.value
!= vlook
)
5389 else if (h
!= hlook
)
5391 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*t
;
5394 hlook
->is_weakalias
= 1;
5396 if (t
->u
.alias
!= NULL
)
5397 while (t
->u
.alias
!= h
)
5401 /* If the weak definition is in the list of dynamic
5402 symbols, make sure the real definition is put
5404 if (hlook
->dynindx
!= -1 && h
->dynindx
== -1)
5406 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5409 free (sorted_sym_hash
);
5414 /* If the real definition is in the list of dynamic
5415 symbols, make sure the weak definition is put
5416 there as well. If we don't do this, then the
5417 dynamic loader might not merge the entries for the
5418 real definition and the weak definition. */
5419 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1 && hlook
->dynindx
== -1)
5421 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, hlook
))
5422 goto err_free_sym_hash
;
5429 free (sorted_sym_hash
);
5432 if (bed
->check_directives
5433 && !(*bed
->check_directives
) (abfd
, info
))
5436 /* If this is a non-traditional link, try to optimize the handling
5437 of the .stab/.stabstr sections. */
5439 && ! info
->traditional_format
5440 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
5441 && (info
->strip
!= strip_all
&& info
->strip
!= strip_debugger
))
5445 stabstr
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".stabstr");
5446 if (stabstr
!= NULL
)
5448 bfd_size_type string_offset
= 0;
5451 for (stab
= abfd
->sections
; stab
; stab
= stab
->next
)
5452 if (CONST_STRNEQ (stab
->name
, ".stab")
5453 && (!stab
->name
[5] ||
5454 (stab
->name
[5] == '.' && ISDIGIT (stab
->name
[6])))
5455 && (stab
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) == 0
5456 && !bfd_is_abs_section (stab
->output_section
))
5458 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*secdata
;
5460 secdata
= elf_section_data (stab
);
5461 if (! _bfd_link_section_stabs (abfd
, &htab
->stab_info
, stab
,
5462 stabstr
, &secdata
->sec_info
,
5465 if (secdata
->sec_info
)
5466 stab
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
;
5471 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
) && add_needed
)
5473 /* Add this bfd to the loaded list. */
5474 struct elf_link_loaded_list
*n
;
5476 n
= (struct elf_link_loaded_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*n
));
5480 n
->next
= htab
->loaded
;
5487 if (old_tab
!= NULL
)
5489 if (old_strtab
!= NULL
)
5491 if (nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
5492 free (nondeflt_vers
);
5493 if (extversym
!= NULL
)
5496 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
)
5502 /* Return the linker hash table entry of a symbol that might be
5503 satisfied by an archive symbol. Return -1 on error. */
5505 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
5506 _bfd_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (bfd
*abfd
,
5507 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5510 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5514 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
5518 /* If this is a default version (the name contains @@), look up the
5519 symbol again with only one `@' as well as without the version.
5520 The effect is that references to the symbol with and without the
5521 version will be matched by the default symbol in the archive. */
5523 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5524 if (p
== NULL
|| p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
5527 /* First check with only one `@'. */
5528 len
= strlen (name
);
5529 copy
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
5531 return (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1;
5533 first
= p
- name
+ 1;
5534 memcpy (copy
, name
, first
);
5535 memcpy (copy
+ first
, name
+ first
+ 1, len
- first
);
5537 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), copy
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
5540 /* We also need to check references to the symbol without the
5542 copy
[first
- 1] = '\0';
5543 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), copy
,
5544 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
5547 bfd_release (abfd
, copy
);
5551 /* Add symbols from an ELF archive file to the linker hash table. We
5552 don't use _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols because we need to
5553 handle versioned symbols.
5555 Fortunately, ELF archive handling is simpler than that done by
5556 _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols, which has to allow for a.out
5557 oddities. In ELF, if we find a symbol in the archive map, and the
5558 symbol is currently undefined, we know that we must pull in that
5561 Unfortunately, we do have to make multiple passes over the symbol
5562 table until nothing further is resolved. */
5565 elf_link_add_archive_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5568 unsigned char *included
= NULL
;
5572 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5573 struct elf_link_hash_entry
* (*archive_symbol_lookup
)
5574 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const char *);
5576 if (! bfd_has_map (abfd
))
5578 /* An empty archive is a special case. */
5579 if (bfd_openr_next_archived_file (abfd
, NULL
) == NULL
)
5581 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_armap
);
5585 /* Keep track of all symbols we know to be already defined, and all
5586 files we know to be already included. This is to speed up the
5587 second and subsequent passes. */
5588 c
= bfd_ardata (abfd
)->symdef_count
;
5592 amt
*= sizeof (*included
);
5593 included
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
5594 if (included
== NULL
)
5597 symdefs
= bfd_ardata (abfd
)->symdefs
;
5598 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5599 archive_symbol_lookup
= bed
->elf_backend_archive_symbol_lookup
;
5612 symdefend
= symdef
+ c
;
5613 for (i
= 0; symdef
< symdefend
; symdef
++, i
++)
5615 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5617 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*undefs_tail
;
5622 if (symdef
->file_offset
== last
)
5628 h
= archive_symbol_lookup (abfd
, info
, symdef
->name
);
5629 if (h
== (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1)
5635 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
5637 /* We currently have a common symbol. The archive map contains
5638 a reference to this symbol, so we may want to include it. We
5639 only want to include it however, if this archive element
5640 contains a definition of the symbol, not just another common
5643 Unfortunately some archivers (including GNU ar) will put
5644 declarations of common symbols into their archive maps, as
5645 well as real definitions, so we cannot just go by the archive
5646 map alone. Instead we must read in the element's symbol
5647 table and check that to see what kind of symbol definition
5649 if (! elf_link_is_defined_archive_symbol (abfd
, symdef
))
5652 else if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
5654 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5655 /* Symbol must be defined. Don't check it again. */
5660 /* We need to include this archive member. */
5661 element
= _bfd_get_elt_at_filepos (abfd
, symdef
->file_offset
);
5662 if (element
== NULL
)
5665 if (! bfd_check_format (element
, bfd_object
))
5668 undefs_tail
= info
->hash
->undefs_tail
;
5670 if (!(*info
->callbacks
5671 ->add_archive_element
) (info
, element
, symdef
->name
, &element
))
5673 if (!bfd_link_add_symbols (element
, info
))
5676 /* If there are any new undefined symbols, we need to make
5677 another pass through the archive in order to see whether
5678 they can be defined. FIXME: This isn't perfect, because
5679 common symbols wind up on undefs_tail and because an
5680 undefined symbol which is defined later on in this pass
5681 does not require another pass. This isn't a bug, but it
5682 does make the code less efficient than it could be. */
5683 if (undefs_tail
!= info
->hash
->undefs_tail
)
5686 /* Look backward to mark all symbols from this object file
5687 which we have already seen in this pass. */
5691 included
[mark
] = TRUE
;
5696 while (symdefs
[mark
].file_offset
== symdef
->file_offset
);
5698 /* We mark subsequent symbols from this object file as we go
5699 on through the loop. */
5700 last
= symdef
->file_offset
;
5710 if (included
!= NULL
)
5715 /* Given an ELF BFD, add symbols to the global hash table as
5719 bfd_elf_link_add_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5721 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd
))
5724 return elf_link_add_object_symbols (abfd
, info
);
5726 return elf_link_add_archive_symbols (abfd
, info
);
5728 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
5733 struct hash_codes_info
5735 unsigned long *hashcodes
;
5739 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to store
5740 all hash value of the exported symbols in an array. */
5743 elf_collect_hash_codes (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
5745 struct hash_codes_info
*inf
= (struct hash_codes_info
*) data
;
5750 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
5751 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5754 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
5755 if (h
->versioned
>= versioned
)
5757 char *p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5760 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (p
- name
+ 1);
5766 memcpy (alc
, name
, p
- name
);
5767 alc
[p
- name
] = '\0';
5772 /* Compute the hash value. */
5773 ha
= bfd_elf_hash (name
);
5775 /* Store the found hash value in the array given as the argument. */
5776 *(inf
->hashcodes
)++ = ha
;
5778 /* And store it in the struct so that we can put it in the hash table
5780 h
->u
.elf_hash_value
= ha
;
5788 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
5791 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5792 unsigned long int nsyms
;
5793 unsigned long int maskbits
;
5794 unsigned long int *hashcodes
;
5795 unsigned long int *hashval
;
5796 unsigned long int *indx
;
5797 unsigned long int *counts
;
5800 long int min_dynindx
;
5801 unsigned long int bucketcount
;
5802 unsigned long int symindx
;
5803 long int local_indx
;
5804 long int shift1
, shift2
;
5805 unsigned long int mask
;
5809 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to store
5810 all hash value of the exported symbols in an array. */
5813 elf_collect_gnu_hash_codes (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
5815 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*s
= (struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*) data
;
5820 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
5821 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5824 /* Ignore also local symbols and undefined symbols. */
5825 if (! (*s
->bed
->elf_hash_symbol
) (h
))
5828 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
5829 if (h
->versioned
>= versioned
)
5831 char *p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5834 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (p
- name
+ 1);
5840 memcpy (alc
, name
, p
- name
);
5841 alc
[p
- name
] = '\0';
5846 /* Compute the hash value. */
5847 ha
= bfd_elf_gnu_hash (name
);
5849 /* Store the found hash value in the array for compute_bucket_count,
5850 and also for .dynsym reordering purposes. */
5851 s
->hashcodes
[s
->nsyms
] = ha
;
5852 s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] = ha
;
5854 if (s
->min_dynindx
< 0 || s
->min_dynindx
> h
->dynindx
)
5855 s
->min_dynindx
= h
->dynindx
;
5863 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to do
5864 final dynaminc symbol renumbering. */
5867 elf_renumber_gnu_hash_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
5869 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*s
= (struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*) data
;
5870 unsigned long int bucket
;
5871 unsigned long int val
;
5873 /* Ignore indirect symbols. */
5874 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5877 /* Ignore also local symbols and undefined symbols. */
5878 if (! (*s
->bed
->elf_hash_symbol
) (h
))
5880 if (h
->dynindx
>= s
->min_dynindx
)
5881 h
->dynindx
= s
->local_indx
++;
5885 bucket
= s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] % s
->bucketcount
;
5886 val
= (s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] >> s
->shift1
)
5887 & ((s
->maskbits
>> s
->shift1
) - 1);
5888 s
->bitmask
[val
] |= ((bfd_vma
) 1) << (s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] & s
->mask
);
5890 |= ((bfd_vma
) 1) << ((s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] >> s
->shift2
) & s
->mask
);
5891 val
= s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] & ~(unsigned long int) 1;
5892 if (s
->counts
[bucket
] == 1)
5893 /* Last element terminates the chain. */
5895 bfd_put_32 (s
->output_bfd
, val
,
5896 s
->contents
+ (s
->indx
[bucket
] - s
->symindx
) * 4);
5897 --s
->counts
[bucket
];
5898 h
->dynindx
= s
->indx
[bucket
]++;
5902 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */
5905 _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5907 return !(h
->forced_local
5908 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5909 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5910 || ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5911 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5912 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
== NULL
));
5915 /* Array used to determine the number of hash table buckets to use
5916 based on the number of symbols there are. If there are fewer than
5917 3 symbols we use 1 bucket, fewer than 17 symbols we use 3 buckets,
5918 fewer than 37 we use 17 buckets, and so forth. We never use more
5919 than 32771 buckets. */
5921 static const size_t elf_buckets
[] =
5923 1, 3, 17, 37, 67, 97, 131, 197, 263, 521, 1031, 2053, 4099, 8209,
5927 /* Compute bucket count for hashing table. We do not use a static set
5928 of possible tables sizes anymore. Instead we determine for all
5929 possible reasonable sizes of the table the outcome (i.e., the
5930 number of collisions etc) and choose the best solution. The
5931 weighting functions are not too simple to allow the table to grow
5932 without bounds. Instead one of the weighting factors is the size.
5933 Therefore the result is always a good payoff between few collisions
5934 (= short chain lengths) and table size. */
5936 compute_bucket_count (struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5937 unsigned long int *hashcodes ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5938 unsigned long int nsyms
,
5941 size_t best_size
= 0;
5942 unsigned long int i
;
5944 /* We have a problem here. The following code to optimize the table
5945 size requires an integer type with more the 32 bits. If
5946 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT is set we know about such a type. */
5947 #ifdef BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT
5952 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT best_chlen
= ~((BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT
) 0);
5953 bfd
*dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5954 size_t dynsymcount
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
5955 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
);
5956 unsigned long int *counts
;
5958 unsigned int no_improvement_count
= 0;
5960 /* Possible optimization parameters: if we have NSYMS symbols we say
5961 that the hashing table must at least have NSYMS/4 and at most
5963 minsize
= nsyms
/ 4;
5966 best_size
= maxsize
= nsyms
* 2;
5971 if ((best_size
& 31) == 0)
5975 /* Create array where we count the collisions in. We must use bfd_malloc
5976 since the size could be large. */
5978 amt
*= sizeof (unsigned long int);
5979 counts
= (unsigned long int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
5983 /* Compute the "optimal" size for the hash table. The criteria is a
5984 minimal chain length. The minor criteria is (of course) the size
5986 for (i
= minsize
; i
< maxsize
; ++i
)
5988 /* Walk through the array of hashcodes and count the collisions. */
5989 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT max
;
5990 unsigned long int j
;
5991 unsigned long int fact
;
5993 if (gnu_hash
&& (i
& 31) == 0)
5996 memset (counts
, '\0', i
* sizeof (unsigned long int));
5998 /* Determine how often each hash bucket is used. */
5999 for (j
= 0; j
< nsyms
; ++j
)
6000 ++counts
[hashcodes
[j
] % i
];
6002 /* For the weight function we need some information about the
6003 pagesize on the target. This is information need not be 100%
6004 accurate. Since this information is not available (so far) we
6005 define it here to a reasonable default value. If it is crucial
6006 to have a better value some day simply define this value. */
6007 # ifndef BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
6008 # define BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE (4096)
6011 /* We in any case need 2 + DYNSYMCOUNT entries for the size values
6013 max
= (2 + dynsymcount
) * bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
6016 /* Variant 1: optimize for short chains. We add the squares
6017 of all the chain lengths (which favors many small chain
6018 over a few long chains). */
6019 for (j
= 0; j
< i
; ++j
)
6020 max
+= counts
[j
] * counts
[j
];
6022 /* This adds penalties for the overall size of the table. */
6023 fact
= i
/ (BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
) + 1;
6026 /* Variant 2: Optimize a lot more for small table. Here we
6027 also add squares of the size but we also add penalties for
6028 empty slots (the +1 term). */
6029 for (j
= 0; j
< i
; ++j
)
6030 max
+= (1 + counts
[j
]) * (1 + counts
[j
]);
6032 /* The overall size of the table is considered, but not as
6033 strong as in variant 1, where it is squared. */
6034 fact
= i
/ (BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
) + 1;
6038 /* Compare with current best results. */
6039 if (max
< best_chlen
)
6043 no_improvement_count
= 0;
6045 /* PR 11843: Avoid futile long searches for the best bucket size
6046 when there are a large number of symbols. */
6047 else if (++no_improvement_count
== 100)
6054 #endif /* defined (BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT) */
6056 /* This is the fallback solution if no 64bit type is available or if we
6057 are not supposed to spend much time on optimizations. We select the
6058 bucket count using a fixed set of numbers. */
6059 for (i
= 0; elf_buckets
[i
] != 0; i
++)
6061 best_size
= elf_buckets
[i
];
6062 if (nsyms
< elf_buckets
[i
+ 1])
6065 if (gnu_hash
&& best_size
< 2)
6072 /* Size any SHT_GROUP section for ld -r. */
6075 _bfd_elf_size_group_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6080 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
6081 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
6082 && (s
= ibfd
->sections
) != NULL
6083 && s
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
6084 && !_bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
))
6089 /* Set a default stack segment size. The value in INFO wins. If it
6090 is unset, LEGACY_SYMBOL's value is used, and if that symbol is
6091 undefined it is initialized. */
6094 bfd_elf_stack_segment_size (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6095 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6096 const char *legacy_symbol
,
6097 bfd_vma default_size
)
6099 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
6101 /* Look for legacy symbol. */
6103 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), legacy_symbol
,
6104 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
6105 if (h
&& (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6106 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6108 && (h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
|| h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
))
6110 /* The symbol has no type if specified on the command line. */
6111 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6112 if (info
->stacksize
)
6113 /* xgettext:c-format */
6114 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: stack size specified and %s set"),
6115 output_bfd
, legacy_symbol
);
6116 else if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
6117 /* xgettext:c-format */
6118 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s not absolute"),
6119 output_bfd
, legacy_symbol
);
6121 info
->stacksize
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6124 if (!info
->stacksize
)
6125 /* If the user didn't set a size, or explicitly inhibit the
6126 size, set it now. */
6127 info
->stacksize
= default_size
;
6129 /* Provide the legacy symbol, if it is referenced. */
6130 if (h
&& (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6131 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
6133 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
= NULL
;
6135 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6136 (info
, output_bfd
, legacy_symbol
,
6137 BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
6138 info
->stacksize
>= 0 ? info
->stacksize
: 0,
6139 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6142 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6144 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6150 /* Sweep symbols in swept sections. Called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
6152 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info
6154 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
6155 void (*hide_symbol
) (struct bfd_link_info
*, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*,
6160 elf_gc_sweep_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
6163 && (((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6164 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6165 && !((h
->def_regular
|| ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
6166 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->gc_mark
))
6167 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6168 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
6170 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info
*inf
;
6172 inf
= (struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info
*) data
;
6173 (*inf
->hide_symbol
) (inf
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
6176 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 0;
6182 /* Set up the sizes and contents of the ELF dynamic sections. This is
6183 called by the ELF linker emulation before_allocation routine. We
6184 must set the sizes of the sections before the linker sets the
6185 addresses of the various sections. */
6188 bfd_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6191 const char *filter_shlib
,
6193 const char *depaudit
,
6194 const char * const *auxiliary_filters
,
6195 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6196 asection
**sinterpptr
)
6199 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6203 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
6206 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6208 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6210 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*verdefs
;
6211 struct elf_info_failed asvinfo
;
6212 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
6213 struct bfd_elf_version_expr
*d
;
6217 /* If we are supposed to export all symbols into the dynamic symbol
6218 table (this is not the normal case), then do so. */
6219 if (info
->export_dynamic
6220 || (bfd_link_executable (info
) && info
->dynamic
))
6222 struct elf_info_failed eif
;
6226 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6227 _bfd_elf_export_symbol
,
6235 soname_indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6237 if (soname_indx
== (size_t) -1
6238 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SONAME
, soname_indx
))
6242 soname_indx
= (size_t) -1;
6244 /* Make all global versions with definition. */
6245 for (t
= info
->version_info
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
6246 for (d
= t
->globals
.list
; d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->next
)
6247 if (!d
->symver
&& d
->literal
)
6249 const char *verstr
, *name
;
6250 size_t namelen
, verlen
, newlen
;
6251 char *newname
, *p
, leading_char
;
6252 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*newh
;
6254 leading_char
= bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (output_bfd
);
6256 namelen
= strlen (name
) + (leading_char
!= '\0');
6258 verlen
= strlen (verstr
);
6259 newlen
= namelen
+ verlen
+ 3;
6261 newname
= (char *) bfd_malloc (newlen
);
6262 if (newname
== NULL
)
6264 newname
[0] = leading_char
;
6265 memcpy (newname
+ (leading_char
!= '\0'), name
, namelen
);
6267 /* Check the hidden versioned definition. */
6268 p
= newname
+ namelen
;
6270 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
6271 newh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
6272 newname
, FALSE
, FALSE
,
6275 || (newh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
6276 && newh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
6278 /* Check the default versioned definition. */
6280 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
6281 newh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
6282 newname
, FALSE
, FALSE
,
6287 /* Mark this version if there is a definition and it is
6288 not defined in a shared object. */
6290 && !newh
->def_dynamic
6291 && (newh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6292 || newh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
6296 /* Attach all the symbols to their version information. */
6297 asvinfo
.info
= info
;
6298 asvinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
6300 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6301 _bfd_elf_link_assign_sym_version
,
6306 if (!info
->allow_undefined_version
)
6308 /* Check if all global versions have a definition. */
6309 bfd_boolean all_defined
= TRUE
;
6310 for (t
= info
->version_info
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
6311 for (d
= t
->globals
.list
; d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->next
)
6312 if (d
->literal
&& !d
->symver
&& !d
->script
)
6315 (_("%s: undefined version: %s"),
6316 d
->pattern
, t
->name
);
6317 all_defined
= FALSE
;
6322 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6327 /* Set up the version definition section. */
6328 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_d");
6329 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6331 /* We may have created additional version definitions if we are
6332 just linking a regular application. */
6333 verdefs
= info
->version_info
;
6335 /* Skip anonymous version tag. */
6336 if (verdefs
!= NULL
&& verdefs
->vernum
== 0)
6337 verdefs
= verdefs
->next
;
6339 if (verdefs
== NULL
&& !info
->create_default_symver
)
6340 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6346 Elf_Internal_Verdef def
;
6347 Elf_Internal_Verdaux defaux
;
6348 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
6349 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6355 /* Make space for the base version. */
6356 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6357 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6360 /* Make space for the default version. */
6361 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
6363 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6367 for (t
= verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
6369 struct bfd_elf_version_deps
*n
;
6371 /* Don't emit base version twice. */
6375 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6376 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6379 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
6380 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6384 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6385 if (s
->contents
== NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
6388 /* Fill in the version definition section. */
6392 def
.vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
6393 def
.vd_flags
= VER_FLG_BASE
;
6396 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
6398 def
.vd_aux
= 2 * sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6399 def
.vd_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6403 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6404 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6405 + sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6408 if (soname_indx
!= (size_t) -1)
6410 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6412 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (soname
);
6413 defaux
.vda_name
= soname_indx
;
6420 name
= lbasename (output_bfd
->filename
);
6421 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (name
);
6422 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6424 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
6426 defaux
.vda_name
= indx
;
6428 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
6430 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
6431 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
6432 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6433 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
6435 /* Add a symbol representing this version. */
6437 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6438 (info
, dynobj
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
6440 get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6442 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6445 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6446 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
6448 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
6451 /* Create a duplicate of the base version with the same
6452 aux block, but different flags. */
6455 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6457 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6458 + sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6461 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
6462 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
6463 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6465 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
6466 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
6467 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6469 for (t
= verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
6472 struct bfd_elf_version_deps
*n
;
6474 /* Don't emit the base version twice. */
6479 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
6482 /* Add a symbol representing this version. */
6484 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6485 (info
, dynobj
, t
->name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
6487 get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6489 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6492 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6493 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
6495 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
6498 def
.vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
6500 if (t
->globals
.list
== NULL
6501 && t
->locals
.list
== NULL
6503 def
.vd_flags
|= VER_FLG_WEAK
;
6504 def
.vd_ndx
= t
->vernum
+ (info
->create_default_symver
? 2 : 1);
6505 def
.vd_cnt
= cdeps
+ 1;
6506 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (t
->name
);
6507 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6510 /* If a basever node is next, it *must* be the last node in
6511 the chain, otherwise Verdef construction breaks. */
6512 if (t
->next
!= NULL
&& t
->next
->vernum
== 0)
6513 BFD_ASSERT (t
->next
->next
== NULL
);
6515 if (t
->next
!= NULL
&& t
->next
->vernum
!= 0)
6516 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6517 + (cdeps
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6519 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
6520 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
6521 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6523 defaux
.vda_name
= h
->dynstr_index
;
6524 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6526 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
6527 if (t
->deps
!= NULL
)
6528 defaux
.vda_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6529 t
->name_indx
= defaux
.vda_name
;
6531 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
6532 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
6533 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6535 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
6537 if (n
->version_needed
== NULL
)
6539 /* This can happen if there was an error in the
6541 defaux
.vda_name
= 0;
6545 defaux
.vda_name
= n
->version_needed
->name_indx
;
6546 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6549 if (n
->next
== NULL
)
6550 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
6552 defaux
.vda_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6554 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
6555 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
6556 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6560 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
= cdefs
;
6564 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
6566 if (info
->gc_sections
&& bed
->can_gc_sections
)
6568 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info sweep_info
;
6570 /* Remove the symbols that were in the swept sections from the
6571 dynamic symbol table. */
6572 sweep_info
.info
= info
;
6573 sweep_info
.hide_symbol
= bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
;
6574 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), elf_gc_sweep_symbol
,
6578 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6581 struct elf_find_verdep_info sinfo
;
6583 /* Work out the size of the version reference section. */
6585 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_r");
6586 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6589 sinfo
.vers
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
;
6590 if (sinfo
.vers
== 0)
6592 sinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
6594 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6595 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies
,
6600 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
6601 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6604 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*vn
;
6609 /* Build the version dependency section. */
6612 for (vn
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
;
6614 vn
= vn
->vn_nextref
)
6616 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
6618 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6620 for (a
= vn
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
6621 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
6625 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6626 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
6630 for (vn
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
;
6632 vn
= vn
->vn_nextref
)
6635 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
6639 for (a
= vn
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
6642 vn
->vn_version
= VER_NEED_CURRENT
;
6644 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6645 elf_dt_name (vn
->vn_bfd
) != NULL
6646 ? elf_dt_name (vn
->vn_bfd
)
6647 : lbasename (vn
->vn_bfd
->filename
),
6649 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
6652 vn
->vn_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6653 if (vn
->vn_nextref
== NULL
)
6656 vn
->vn_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
6657 + caux
* sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
6659 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (output_bfd
, vn
,
6660 (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
);
6661 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6663 for (a
= vn
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
6665 a
->vna_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (a
->vna_nodename
);
6666 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6667 a
->vna_nodename
, FALSE
);
6668 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
6671 if (a
->vna_nextptr
== NULL
)
6674 a
->vna_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
6676 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (output_bfd
, a
,
6677 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
);
6678 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
6682 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
= crefs
;
6686 /* Any syms created from now on start with -1 in
6687 got.refcount/offset and plt.refcount/offset. */
6688 elf_hash_table (info
)->init_got_refcount
6689 = elf_hash_table (info
)->init_got_offset
;
6690 elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_refcount
6691 = elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_offset
;
6693 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
6694 && !_bfd_elf_size_group_sections (info
))
6697 /* The backend may have to create some sections regardless of whether
6698 we're dynamic or not. */
6699 if (bed
->elf_backend_always_size_sections
6700 && ! (*bed
->elf_backend_always_size_sections
) (output_bfd
, info
))
6703 /* Determine any GNU_STACK segment requirements, after the backend
6704 has had a chance to set a default segment size. */
6705 if (info
->execstack
)
6706 elf_stack_flags (output_bfd
) = PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
;
6707 else if (info
->noexecstack
)
6708 elf_stack_flags (output_bfd
) = PF_R
| PF_W
;
6712 asection
*notesec
= NULL
;
6715 for (inputobj
= info
->input_bfds
;
6717 inputobj
= inputobj
->link
.next
)
6722 & (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
| BFD_PLUGIN
| BFD_LINKER_CREATED
))
6724 s
= inputobj
->sections
;
6725 if (s
== NULL
|| s
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
6728 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (inputobj
, ".note.GNU-stack");
6731 if (s
->flags
& SEC_CODE
)
6735 else if (bed
->default_execstack
)
6738 if (notesec
|| info
->stacksize
> 0)
6739 elf_stack_flags (output_bfd
) = PF_R
| PF_W
| exec
;
6740 if (notesec
&& exec
&& bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
6741 && notesec
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
6742 notesec
->output_section
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
6745 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6747 struct elf_info_failed eif
;
6748 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6752 *sinterpptr
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".interp");
6753 BFD_ASSERT (*sinterpptr
!= NULL
|| !bfd_link_executable (info
) || info
->nointerp
);
6757 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMBOLIC
, 0))
6759 info
->flags
|= DF_SYMBOLIC
;
6767 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, rpath
,
6769 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
6772 tag
= info
->new_dtags
? DT_RUNPATH
: DT_RPATH
;
6773 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, tag
, indx
))
6777 if (filter_shlib
!= NULL
)
6781 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6782 filter_shlib
, TRUE
);
6783 if (indx
== (size_t) -1
6784 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FILTER
, indx
))
6788 if (auxiliary_filters
!= NULL
)
6790 const char * const *p
;
6792 for (p
= auxiliary_filters
; *p
!= NULL
; p
++)
6796 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6798 if (indx
== (size_t) -1
6799 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_AUXILIARY
, indx
))
6808 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, audit
,
6810 if (indx
== (size_t) -1
6811 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_AUDIT
, indx
))
6815 if (depaudit
!= NULL
)
6819 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, depaudit
,
6821 if (indx
== (size_t) -1
6822 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_DEPAUDIT
, indx
))
6829 /* Find all symbols which were defined in a dynamic object and make
6830 the backend pick a reasonable value for them. */
6831 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6832 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
,
6837 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in some of the
6838 values later, in bfd_elf_final_link, but we must add the entries
6839 now so that we know the final size of the .dynamic section. */
6841 /* If there are initialization and/or finalization functions to
6842 call then add the corresponding DT_INIT/DT_FINI entries. */
6843 h
= (info
->init_function
6844 ? elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
6845 info
->init_function
, FALSE
,
6852 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT
, 0))
6855 h
= (info
->fini_function
6856 ? elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
6857 info
->fini_function
, FALSE
,
6864 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI
, 0))
6868 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".preinit_array");
6869 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
6871 /* DT_PREINIT_ARRAY is not allowed in shared library. */
6872 if (! bfd_link_executable (info
))
6877 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
6878 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
6879 && (o
= sub
->sections
) != NULL
6880 && o
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
6881 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
6882 if (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
6883 == SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
)
6886 (_("%pB: .preinit_array section is not allowed in DSO"),
6891 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
6895 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, 0)
6896 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
6899 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".init_array");
6900 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
6902 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT_ARRAY
, 0)
6903 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
6906 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".fini_array");
6907 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
6909 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI_ARRAY
, 0)
6910 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
6914 dynstr
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynstr");
6915 /* If .dynstr is excluded from the link, we don't want any of
6916 these tags. Strictly, we should be checking each section
6917 individually; This quick check covers for the case where
6918 someone does a /DISCARD/ : { *(*) }. */
6919 if (dynstr
!= NULL
&& dynstr
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
6921 bfd_size_type strsize
;
6923 strsize
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
6924 if ((info
->emit_hash
6925 && !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_HASH
, 0))
6926 || (info
->emit_gnu_hash
6927 && !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_GNU_HASH
, 0))
6928 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_STRTAB
, 0)
6929 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMTAB
, 0)
6930 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_STRSZ
, strsize
)
6931 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMENT
,
6932 bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
))
6937 if (! _bfd_elf_maybe_strip_eh_frame_hdr (info
))
6940 /* The backend must work out the sizes of all the other dynamic
6943 && bed
->elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections
!= NULL
6944 && ! (*bed
->elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections
) (output_bfd
, info
))
6947 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6949 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
)
6951 unsigned int crefs
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
;
6953 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERDEF
, 0)
6954 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERDEFNUM
, crefs
))
6958 if ((info
->new_dtags
&& info
->flags
) || (info
->flags
& DF_STATIC_TLS
))
6960 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FLAGS
, info
->flags
))
6963 else if (info
->flags
& DF_BIND_NOW
)
6965 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_BIND_NOW
, 0))
6971 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
6972 info
->flags_1
&= ~ (DF_1_INITFIRST
6975 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FLAGS_1
, info
->flags_1
))
6979 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
)
6981 unsigned int crefs
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
;
6983 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERNEED
, 0)
6984 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERNEEDNUM
, crefs
))
6988 if ((elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
6989 && elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
== 0)
6990 || _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
, NULL
) <= 1)
6994 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
6995 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7001 /* Find the first non-excluded output section. We'll use its
7002 section symbol for some emitted relocs. */
7004 _bfd_elf_init_1_index_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7008 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7009 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_EXCLUDE
| SEC_ALLOC
)) == SEC_ALLOC
7010 && !_bfd_elf_omit_section_dynsym_default (output_bfd
, info
, s
))
7012 elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
= s
;
7017 /* Find two non-excluded output sections, one for code, one for data.
7018 We'll use their section symbols for some emitted relocs. */
7020 _bfd_elf_init_2_index_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7024 /* Data first, since setting text_index_section changes
7025 _bfd_elf_omit_section_dynsym_default. */
7026 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7027 if (((s
->flags
& (SEC_EXCLUDE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_READONLY
)) == SEC_ALLOC
)
7028 && !_bfd_elf_omit_section_dynsym_default (output_bfd
, info
, s
))
7030 elf_hash_table (info
)->data_index_section
= s
;
7034 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7035 if (((s
->flags
& (SEC_EXCLUDE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_READONLY
))
7036 == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_READONLY
))
7037 && !_bfd_elf_omit_section_dynsym_default (output_bfd
, info
, s
))
7039 elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
= s
;
7043 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
== NULL
)
7044 elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
7045 = elf_hash_table (info
)->data_index_section
;
7049 bfd_elf_size_dynsym_hash_dynstr (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7051 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7052 unsigned long section_sym_count
;
7053 bfd_size_type dynsymcount
= 0;
7055 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
7058 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
7059 (*bed
->elf_backend_init_index_section
) (output_bfd
, info
);
7061 /* Assign dynsym indices. In a shared library we generate a section
7062 symbol for each output section, which come first. Next come all
7063 of the back-end allocated local dynamic syms, followed by the rest
7064 of the global symbols.
7066 This is usually not needed for static binaries, however backends
7067 can request to always do it, e.g. the MIPS backend uses dynamic
7068 symbol counts to lay out GOT, which will be produced in the
7069 presence of GOT relocations even in static binaries (holding fixed
7070 data in that case, to satisfy those relocations). */
7072 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
7073 || bed
->always_renumber_dynsyms
)
7074 dynsymcount
= _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
,
7075 §ion_sym_count
);
7077 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
7081 unsigned int dtagcount
;
7083 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
7085 /* Work out the size of the symbol version section. */
7086 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
7087 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7088 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0)
7090 s
->size
= dynsymcount
* sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
7091 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
7092 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
7095 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERSYM
, 0))
7099 /* Set the size of the .dynsym and .hash sections. We counted
7100 the number of dynamic symbols in elf_link_add_object_symbols.
7101 We will build the contents of .dynsym and .hash when we build
7102 the final symbol table, because until then we do not know the
7103 correct value to give the symbols. We built the .dynstr
7104 section as we went along in elf_link_add_object_symbols. */
7105 s
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsym
;
7106 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7107 s
->size
= dynsymcount
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7109 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
7110 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
7113 /* The first entry in .dynsym is a dummy symbol. Clear all the
7114 section syms, in case we don't output them all. */
7115 ++section_sym_count
;
7116 memset (s
->contents
, 0, section_sym_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
7118 elf_hash_table (info
)->bucketcount
= 0;
7120 /* Compute the size of the hashing table. As a side effect this
7121 computes the hash values for all the names we export. */
7122 if (info
->emit_hash
)
7124 unsigned long int *hashcodes
;
7125 struct hash_codes_info hashinf
;
7127 unsigned long int nsyms
;
7129 size_t hash_entry_size
;
7131 /* Compute the hash values for all exported symbols. At the same
7132 time store the values in an array so that we could use them for
7134 amt
= dynsymcount
* sizeof (unsigned long int);
7135 hashcodes
= (unsigned long int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
7136 if (hashcodes
== NULL
)
7138 hashinf
.hashcodes
= hashcodes
;
7139 hashinf
.error
= FALSE
;
7141 /* Put all hash values in HASHCODES. */
7142 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
7143 elf_collect_hash_codes
, &hashinf
);
7150 nsyms
= hashinf
.hashcodes
- hashcodes
;
7152 = compute_bucket_count (info
, hashcodes
, nsyms
, 0);
7155 if (bucketcount
== 0 && nsyms
> 0)
7158 elf_hash_table (info
)->bucketcount
= bucketcount
;
7160 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".hash");
7161 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7162 hash_entry_size
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
7163 s
->size
= ((2 + bucketcount
+ dynsymcount
) * hash_entry_size
);
7164 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
7165 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
7168 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, output_bfd
, bucketcount
, s
->contents
);
7169 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, output_bfd
, dynsymcount
,
7170 s
->contents
+ hash_entry_size
);
7173 if (info
->emit_gnu_hash
)
7176 unsigned char *contents
;
7177 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes cinfo
;
7181 memset (&cinfo
, 0, sizeof (cinfo
));
7183 /* Compute the hash values for all exported symbols. At the same
7184 time store the values in an array so that we could use them for
7186 amt
= dynsymcount
* 2 * sizeof (unsigned long int);
7187 cinfo
.hashcodes
= (long unsigned int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
7188 if (cinfo
.hashcodes
== NULL
)
7191 cinfo
.hashval
= cinfo
.hashcodes
+ dynsymcount
;
7192 cinfo
.min_dynindx
= -1;
7193 cinfo
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
7196 /* Put all hash values in HASHCODES. */
7197 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
7198 elf_collect_gnu_hash_codes
, &cinfo
);
7201 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
7206 = compute_bucket_count (info
, cinfo
.hashcodes
, cinfo
.nsyms
, 1);
7208 if (bucketcount
== 0)
7210 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
7214 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.hash");
7215 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7217 if (cinfo
.nsyms
== 0)
7219 /* Empty .gnu.hash section is special. */
7220 BFD_ASSERT (cinfo
.min_dynindx
== -1);
7221 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
7222 s
->size
= 5 * 4 + bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
7223 contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
7224 if (contents
== NULL
)
7226 s
->contents
= contents
;
7227 /* 1 empty bucket. */
7228 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
);
7229 /* SYMIDX above the special symbol 0. */
7230 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ 4);
7231 /* Just one word for bitmask. */
7232 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ 8);
7233 /* Only hash fn bloom filter. */
7234 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0, contents
+ 12);
7235 /* No hashes are valid - empty bitmask. */
7236 bfd_put (bed
->s
->arch_size
, output_bfd
, 0, contents
+ 16);
7237 /* No hashes in the only bucket. */
7238 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0,
7239 contents
+ 16 + bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8);
7243 unsigned long int maskwords
, maskbitslog2
, x
;
7244 BFD_ASSERT (cinfo
.min_dynindx
!= -1);
7248 while ((x
>>= 1) != 0)
7250 if (maskbitslog2
< 3)
7252 else if ((1 << (maskbitslog2
- 2)) & cinfo
.nsyms
)
7253 maskbitslog2
= maskbitslog2
+ 3;
7255 maskbitslog2
= maskbitslog2
+ 2;
7256 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
7258 if (maskbitslog2
== 5)
7264 cinfo
.mask
= (1 << cinfo
.shift1
) - 1;
7265 cinfo
.shift2
= maskbitslog2
;
7266 cinfo
.maskbits
= 1 << maskbitslog2
;
7267 maskwords
= 1 << (maskbitslog2
- cinfo
.shift1
);
7268 amt
= bucketcount
* sizeof (unsigned long int) * 2;
7269 amt
+= maskwords
* sizeof (bfd_vma
);
7270 cinfo
.bitmask
= (bfd_vma
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
7271 if (cinfo
.bitmask
== NULL
)
7273 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
7277 cinfo
.counts
= (long unsigned int *) (cinfo
.bitmask
+ maskwords
);
7278 cinfo
.indx
= cinfo
.counts
+ bucketcount
;
7279 cinfo
.symindx
= dynsymcount
- cinfo
.nsyms
;
7280 memset (cinfo
.bitmask
, 0, maskwords
* sizeof (bfd_vma
));
7282 /* Determine how often each hash bucket is used. */
7283 memset (cinfo
.counts
, 0, bucketcount
* sizeof (cinfo
.counts
[0]));
7284 for (i
= 0; i
< cinfo
.nsyms
; ++i
)
7285 ++cinfo
.counts
[cinfo
.hashcodes
[i
] % bucketcount
];
7287 for (i
= 0, cnt
= cinfo
.symindx
; i
< bucketcount
; ++i
)
7288 if (cinfo
.counts
[i
] != 0)
7290 cinfo
.indx
[i
] = cnt
;
7291 cnt
+= cinfo
.counts
[i
];
7293 BFD_ASSERT (cnt
== dynsymcount
);
7294 cinfo
.bucketcount
= bucketcount
;
7295 cinfo
.local_indx
= cinfo
.min_dynindx
;
7297 s
->size
= (4 + bucketcount
+ cinfo
.nsyms
) * 4;
7298 s
->size
+= cinfo
.maskbits
/ 8;
7299 contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
7300 if (contents
== NULL
)
7302 free (cinfo
.bitmask
);
7303 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
7307 s
->contents
= contents
;
7308 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, bucketcount
, contents
);
7309 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, cinfo
.symindx
, contents
+ 4);
7310 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, maskwords
, contents
+ 8);
7311 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, cinfo
.shift2
, contents
+ 12);
7312 contents
+= 16 + cinfo
.maskbits
/ 8;
7314 for (i
= 0; i
< bucketcount
; ++i
)
7316 if (cinfo
.counts
[i
] == 0)
7317 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0, contents
);
7319 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, cinfo
.indx
[i
], contents
);
7323 cinfo
.contents
= contents
;
7325 /* Renumber dynamic symbols, populate .gnu.hash section. */
7326 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
7327 elf_renumber_gnu_hash_syms
, &cinfo
);
7329 contents
= s
->contents
+ 16;
7330 for (i
= 0; i
< maskwords
; ++i
)
7332 bfd_put (bed
->s
->arch_size
, output_bfd
, cinfo
.bitmask
[i
],
7334 contents
+= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
7337 free (cinfo
.bitmask
);
7338 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
7342 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynstr");
7343 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7345 elf_finalize_dynstr (output_bfd
, info
);
7347 s
->size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
7349 for (dtagcount
= 0; dtagcount
<= info
->spare_dynamic_tags
; ++dtagcount
)
7350 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_NULL
, 0))
7357 /* Make sure sec_info_type is cleared if sec_info is cleared too. */
7360 merge_sections_remove_hook (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7363 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
);
7364 sec
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_NONE
;
7367 /* Finish SHF_MERGE section merging. */
7370 _bfd_elf_merge_sections (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7375 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
7378 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
7379 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
7380 && bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7381 && (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
7382 == get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->s
->elfclass
))
7383 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
7384 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0
7385 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
7387 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*secdata
;
7389 secdata
= elf_section_data (sec
);
7390 if (! _bfd_add_merge_section (obfd
,
7391 &elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
,
7392 sec
, &secdata
->sec_info
))
7394 else if (secdata
->sec_info
)
7395 sec
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
;
7398 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
!= NULL
)
7399 _bfd_merge_sections (obfd
, info
, elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
,
7400 merge_sections_remove_hook
);
7404 /* Create an entry in an ELF linker hash table. */
7406 struct bfd_hash_entry
*
7407 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
7408 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
7411 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
7415 entry
= (struct bfd_hash_entry
*)
7416 bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
));
7421 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
7422 entry
= _bfd_link_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
7425 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
7426 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) table
;
7428 /* Set local fields. */
7431 ret
->got
= htab
->init_got_refcount
;
7432 ret
->plt
= htab
->init_plt_refcount
;
7433 memset (&ret
->size
, 0, (sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
)
7434 - offsetof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
, size
)));
7435 /* Assume that we have been called by a non-ELF symbol reader.
7436 This flag is then reset by the code which reads an ELF input
7437 file. This ensures that a symbol created by a non-ELF symbol
7438 reader will have the flag set correctly. */
7445 /* Copy data from an indirect symbol to its direct symbol, hiding the
7446 old indirect symbol. Also used for copying flags to a weakdef. */
7449 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7450 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
7451 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
7453 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7455 /* Copy down any references that we may have already seen to the
7456 symbol which just became indirect. */
7458 if (dir
->versioned
!= versioned_hidden
)
7459 dir
->ref_dynamic
|= ind
->ref_dynamic
;
7460 dir
->ref_regular
|= ind
->ref_regular
;
7461 dir
->ref_regular_nonweak
|= ind
->ref_regular_nonweak
;
7462 dir
->non_got_ref
|= ind
->non_got_ref
;
7463 dir
->needs_plt
|= ind
->needs_plt
;
7464 dir
->pointer_equality_needed
|= ind
->pointer_equality_needed
;
7466 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
7469 /* Copy over the global and procedure linkage table refcount entries.
7470 These may have been already set up by a check_relocs routine. */
7471 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
7472 if (ind
->got
.refcount
> htab
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
)
7474 if (dir
->got
.refcount
< 0)
7475 dir
->got
.refcount
= 0;
7476 dir
->got
.refcount
+= ind
->got
.refcount
;
7477 ind
->got
.refcount
= htab
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
;
7480 if (ind
->plt
.refcount
> htab
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
)
7482 if (dir
->plt
.refcount
< 0)
7483 dir
->plt
.refcount
= 0;
7484 dir
->plt
.refcount
+= ind
->plt
.refcount
;
7485 ind
->plt
.refcount
= htab
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
;
7488 if (ind
->dynindx
!= -1)
7490 if (dir
->dynindx
!= -1)
7491 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (htab
->dynstr
, dir
->dynstr_index
);
7492 dir
->dynindx
= ind
->dynindx
;
7493 dir
->dynstr_index
= ind
->dynstr_index
;
7495 ind
->dynstr_index
= 0;
7500 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7501 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
7502 bfd_boolean force_local
)
7504 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT. */
7505 if (h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
7507 h
->plt
= elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_offset
;
7512 h
->forced_local
= 1;
7513 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
7515 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
7518 h
->dynstr_index
= 0;
7523 /* Hide a symbol. */
7526 _bfd_elf_link_hide_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
7527 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7528 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
)
7530 if (is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
7532 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
7533 = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
7534 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
7535 = (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
7536 bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol (info
, eh
, TRUE
);
7537 eh
->def_dynamic
= 0;
7538 eh
->ref_dynamic
= 0;
7539 eh
->dynamic_def
= 0;
7543 /* Initialize an ELF linker hash table. *TABLE has been zeroed by our
7547 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init
7548 (struct elf_link_hash_table
*table
,
7550 struct bfd_hash_entry
*(*newfunc
) (struct bfd_hash_entry
*,
7551 struct bfd_hash_table
*,
7553 unsigned int entsize
,
7554 enum elf_target_id target_id
)
7557 int can_refcount
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->can_refcount
;
7559 table
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
= can_refcount
- 1;
7560 table
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
= can_refcount
- 1;
7561 table
->init_got_offset
.offset
= -(bfd_vma
) 1;
7562 table
->init_plt_offset
.offset
= -(bfd_vma
) 1;
7563 /* The first dynamic symbol is a dummy. */
7564 table
->dynsymcount
= 1;
7566 ret
= _bfd_link_hash_table_init (&table
->root
, abfd
, newfunc
, entsize
);
7568 table
->root
.type
= bfd_link_elf_hash_table
;
7569 table
->hash_table_id
= target_id
;
7574 /* Create an ELF linker hash table. */
7576 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
7577 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
7579 struct elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
7580 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_table
);
7582 ret
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
7586 if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (ret
, abfd
, _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
7587 sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
),
7593 ret
->root
.hash_table_free
= _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free
;
7598 /* Destroy an ELF linker hash table. */
7601 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (bfd
*obfd
)
7603 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7605 htab
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) obfd
->link
.hash
;
7606 if (htab
->dynstr
!= NULL
)
7607 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (htab
->dynstr
);
7608 _bfd_merge_sections_free (htab
->merge_info
);
7609 _bfd_generic_link_hash_table_free (obfd
);
7612 /* This is a hook for the ELF emulation code in the generic linker to
7613 tell the backend linker what file name to use for the DT_NEEDED
7614 entry for a dynamic object. */
7617 bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
7619 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7620 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7621 elf_dt_name (abfd
) = name
;
7625 bfd_elf_get_dyn_lib_class (bfd
*abfd
)
7628 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7629 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7630 lib_class
= elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
);
7637 bfd_elf_set_dyn_lib_class (bfd
*abfd
, enum dynamic_lib_link_class lib_class
)
7639 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7640 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7641 elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) = lib_class
;
7644 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries for a link. This is a hook for
7645 the linker ELF emulation code. */
7647 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*
7648 bfd_elf_get_needed_list (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7649 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7651 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
7653 return elf_hash_table (info
)->needed
;
7656 /* Get the list of DT_RPATH/DT_RUNPATH entries for a link. This is a
7657 hook for the linker ELF emulation code. */
7659 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*
7660 bfd_elf_get_runpath_list (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7661 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7663 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
7665 return elf_hash_table (info
)->runpath
;
7668 /* Get the name actually used for a dynamic object for a link. This
7669 is the SONAME entry if there is one. Otherwise, it is the string
7670 passed to bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name, or it is the filename. */
7673 bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (bfd
*abfd
)
7675 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7676 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7677 return elf_dt_name (abfd
);
7681 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries from a BFD. This is a hook for
7682 the ELF linker emulation code. */
7685 bfd_elf_get_bfd_needed_list (bfd
*abfd
,
7686 struct bfd_link_needed_list
**pneeded
)
7689 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
7690 unsigned int elfsec
;
7691 unsigned long shlink
;
7692 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
7694 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
7698 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7699 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_object
)
7702 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
7703 if (s
== NULL
|| s
->size
== 0)
7706 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
7709 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
7710 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
7713 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
7715 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
7716 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
7719 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
7720 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
7722 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
7724 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
7726 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
7729 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
)
7732 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*l
;
7733 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
7736 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
7741 l
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
7762 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
7764 unsigned long st_name
; /* Symbol name, index in string tbl */
7765 unsigned char st_info
; /* Type and binding attributes */
7766 unsigned char st_other
; /* Visibilty, and target specific */
7769 struct elf_symbuf_head
7771 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
7773 unsigned int st_shndx
;
7780 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
7781 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
7786 /* Sort references to symbols by ascending section number. */
7789 elf_sort_elf_symbol (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
7791 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*s1
= *(const Elf_Internal_Sym
**) arg1
;
7792 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*s2
= *(const Elf_Internal_Sym
**) arg2
;
7794 return s1
->st_shndx
- s2
->st_shndx
;
7798 elf_sym_name_compare (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
7800 const struct elf_symbol
*s1
= (const struct elf_symbol
*) arg1
;
7801 const struct elf_symbol
*s2
= (const struct elf_symbol
*) arg2
;
7802 return strcmp (s1
->name
, s2
->name
);
7805 static struct elf_symbuf_head
*
7806 elf_create_symbuf (size_t symcount
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
)
7808 Elf_Internal_Sym
**ind
, **indbufend
, **indbuf
;
7809 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
7810 struct elf_symbuf_head
*ssymbuf
, *ssymhead
;
7811 size_t i
, shndx_count
, total_size
;
7813 indbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
**) bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (*indbuf
));
7817 for (ind
= indbuf
, i
= 0; i
< symcount
; i
++)
7818 if (isymbuf
[i
].st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
7819 *ind
++ = &isymbuf
[i
];
7822 qsort (indbuf
, indbufend
- indbuf
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
*),
7823 elf_sort_elf_symbol
);
7826 if (indbufend
> indbuf
)
7827 for (ind
= indbuf
, shndx_count
++; ind
< indbufend
- 1; ind
++)
7828 if (ind
[0]->st_shndx
!= ind
[1]->st_shndx
)
7831 total_size
= ((shndx_count
+ 1) * sizeof (*ssymbuf
)
7832 + (indbufend
- indbuf
) * sizeof (*ssym
));
7833 ssymbuf
= (struct elf_symbuf_head
*) bfd_malloc (total_size
);
7834 if (ssymbuf
== NULL
)
7840 ssym
= (struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*) (ssymbuf
+ shndx_count
+ 1);
7841 ssymbuf
->ssym
= NULL
;
7842 ssymbuf
->count
= shndx_count
;
7843 ssymbuf
->st_shndx
= 0;
7844 for (ssymhead
= ssymbuf
, ind
= indbuf
; ind
< indbufend
; ssym
++, ind
++)
7846 if (ind
== indbuf
|| ssymhead
->st_shndx
!= (*ind
)->st_shndx
)
7849 ssymhead
->ssym
= ssym
;
7850 ssymhead
->count
= 0;
7851 ssymhead
->st_shndx
= (*ind
)->st_shndx
;
7853 ssym
->st_name
= (*ind
)->st_name
;
7854 ssym
->st_info
= (*ind
)->st_info
;
7855 ssym
->st_other
= (*ind
)->st_other
;
7858 BFD_ASSERT ((size_t) (ssymhead
- ssymbuf
) == shndx_count
7859 && (((bfd_hostptr_t
) ssym
- (bfd_hostptr_t
) ssymbuf
)
7866 /* Check if 2 sections define the same set of local and global
7870 bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (asection
*sec1
, asection
*sec2
,
7871 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7874 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed1
, *bed2
;
7875 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr1
, *hdr2
;
7876 size_t symcount1
, symcount2
;
7877 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf1
, *isymbuf2
;
7878 struct elf_symbuf_head
*ssymbuf1
, *ssymbuf2
;
7879 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
, *isymend
;
7880 struct elf_symbol
*symtable1
= NULL
, *symtable2
= NULL
;
7881 size_t count1
, count2
, i
;
7882 unsigned int shndx1
, shndx2
;
7888 /* Both sections have to be in ELF. */
7889 if (bfd_get_flavour (bfd1
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7890 || bfd_get_flavour (bfd2
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7893 if (elf_section_type (sec1
) != elf_section_type (sec2
))
7896 shndx1
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd1
, sec1
);
7897 shndx2
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd2
, sec2
);
7898 if (shndx1
== SHN_BAD
|| shndx2
== SHN_BAD
)
7901 bed1
= get_elf_backend_data (bfd1
);
7902 bed2
= get_elf_backend_data (bfd2
);
7903 hdr1
= &elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symtab_hdr
;
7904 symcount1
= hdr1
->sh_size
/ bed1
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7905 hdr2
= &elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symtab_hdr
;
7906 symcount2
= hdr2
->sh_size
/ bed2
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7908 if (symcount1
== 0 || symcount2
== 0)
7914 ssymbuf1
= (struct elf_symbuf_head
*) elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symbuf
;
7915 ssymbuf2
= (struct elf_symbuf_head
*) elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symbuf
;
7917 if (ssymbuf1
== NULL
)
7919 isymbuf1
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd1
, hdr1
, symcount1
, 0,
7921 if (isymbuf1
== NULL
)
7924 if (!info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
7925 elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symbuf
= ssymbuf1
7926 = elf_create_symbuf (symcount1
, isymbuf1
);
7929 if (ssymbuf1
== NULL
|| ssymbuf2
== NULL
)
7931 isymbuf2
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd2
, hdr2
, symcount2
, 0,
7933 if (isymbuf2
== NULL
)
7936 if (ssymbuf1
!= NULL
&& !info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
7937 elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symbuf
= ssymbuf2
7938 = elf_create_symbuf (symcount2
, isymbuf2
);
7941 if (ssymbuf1
!= NULL
&& ssymbuf2
!= NULL
)
7943 /* Optimized faster version. */
7945 struct elf_symbol
*symp
;
7946 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
, *ssymend
;
7949 hi
= ssymbuf1
->count
;
7954 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) / 2;
7955 if (shndx1
< ssymbuf1
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7957 else if (shndx1
> ssymbuf1
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7961 count1
= ssymbuf1
[mid
].count
;
7968 hi
= ssymbuf2
->count
;
7973 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) / 2;
7974 if (shndx2
< ssymbuf2
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7976 else if (shndx2
> ssymbuf2
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7980 count2
= ssymbuf2
[mid
].count
;
7986 if (count1
== 0 || count2
== 0 || count1
!= count2
)
7990 = (struct elf_symbol
*) bfd_malloc (count1
* sizeof (*symtable1
));
7992 = (struct elf_symbol
*) bfd_malloc (count2
* sizeof (*symtable2
));
7993 if (symtable1
== NULL
|| symtable2
== NULL
)
7997 for (ssym
= ssymbuf1
->ssym
, ssymend
= ssym
+ count1
;
7998 ssym
< ssymend
; ssym
++, symp
++)
8000 symp
->u
.ssym
= ssym
;
8001 symp
->name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd1
,
8007 for (ssym
= ssymbuf2
->ssym
, ssymend
= ssym
+ count2
;
8008 ssym
< ssymend
; ssym
++, symp
++)
8010 symp
->u
.ssym
= ssym
;
8011 symp
->name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd2
,
8016 /* Sort symbol by name. */
8017 qsort (symtable1
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
8018 elf_sym_name_compare
);
8019 qsort (symtable2
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
8020 elf_sym_name_compare
);
8022 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
8023 /* Two symbols must have the same binding, type and name. */
8024 if (symtable1
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_info
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_info
8025 || symtable1
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_other
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_other
8026 || strcmp (symtable1
[i
].name
, symtable2
[i
].name
) != 0)
8033 symtable1
= (struct elf_symbol
*)
8034 bfd_malloc (symcount1
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
8035 symtable2
= (struct elf_symbol
*)
8036 bfd_malloc (symcount2
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
8037 if (symtable1
== NULL
|| symtable2
== NULL
)
8040 /* Count definitions in the section. */
8042 for (isym
= isymbuf1
, isymend
= isym
+ symcount1
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
8043 if (isym
->st_shndx
== shndx1
)
8044 symtable1
[count1
++].u
.isym
= isym
;
8047 for (isym
= isymbuf2
, isymend
= isym
+ symcount2
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
8048 if (isym
->st_shndx
== shndx2
)
8049 symtable2
[count2
++].u
.isym
= isym
;
8051 if (count1
== 0 || count2
== 0 || count1
!= count2
)
8054 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
8056 = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd1
, hdr1
->sh_link
,
8057 symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_name
);
8059 for (i
= 0; i
< count2
; i
++)
8061 = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd2
, hdr2
->sh_link
,
8062 symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_name
);
8064 /* Sort symbol by name. */
8065 qsort (symtable1
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
8066 elf_sym_name_compare
);
8067 qsort (symtable2
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
8068 elf_sym_name_compare
);
8070 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
8071 /* Two symbols must have the same binding, type and name. */
8072 if (symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_info
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_info
8073 || symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_other
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_other
8074 || strcmp (symtable1
[i
].name
, symtable2
[i
].name
) != 0)
8092 /* Return TRUE if 2 section types are compatible. */
8095 _bfd_elf_match_sections_by_type (bfd
*abfd
, const asection
*asec
,
8096 bfd
*bbfd
, const asection
*bsec
)
8100 || abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
8101 || bbfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8104 return elf_section_type (asec
) == elf_section_type (bsec
);
8107 /* Final phase of ELF linker. */
8109 /* A structure we use to avoid passing large numbers of arguments. */
8111 struct elf_final_link_info
8113 /* General link information. */
8114 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
8117 /* Symbol string table. */
8118 struct elf_strtab_hash
*symstrtab
;
8119 /* .hash section. */
8121 /* symbol version section (.gnu.version). */
8122 asection
*symver_sec
;
8123 /* Buffer large enough to hold contents of any section. */
8125 /* Buffer large enough to hold external relocs of any section. */
8126 void *external_relocs
;
8127 /* Buffer large enough to hold internal relocs of any section. */
8128 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
8129 /* Buffer large enough to hold external local symbols of any input
8131 bfd_byte
*external_syms
;
8132 /* And a buffer for symbol section indices. */
8133 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*locsym_shndx
;
8134 /* Buffer large enough to hold internal local symbols of any input
8136 Elf_Internal_Sym
*internal_syms
;
8137 /* Array large enough to hold a symbol index for each local symbol
8138 of any input BFD. */
8140 /* Array large enough to hold a section pointer for each local
8141 symbol of any input BFD. */
8142 asection
**sections
;
8143 /* Buffer for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section. */
8144 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*symshndxbuf
;
8145 /* Number of STT_FILE syms seen. */
8146 size_t filesym_count
;
8149 /* This struct is used to pass information to elf_link_output_extsym. */
8151 struct elf_outext_info
8154 bfd_boolean localsyms
;
8155 bfd_boolean file_sym_done
;
8156 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
;
8160 /* Support for evaluating a complex relocation.
8162 Complex relocations are generalized, self-describing relocations. The
8163 implementation of them consists of two parts: complex symbols, and the
8164 relocations themselves.
8166 The relocations are use a reserved elf-wide relocation type code (R_RELC
8167 external / BFD_RELOC_RELC internal) and an encoding of relocation field
8168 information (start bit, end bit, word width, etc) into the addend. This
8169 information is extracted from CGEN-generated operand tables within gas.
8171 Complex symbols are mangled symbols (BSF_RELC external / STT_RELC
8172 internal) representing prefix-notation expressions, including but not
8173 limited to those sorts of expressions normally encoded as addends in the
8174 addend field. The symbol mangling format is:
8177 | <unary-operator> ':' <node>
8178 | <binary-operator> ':' <node> ':' <node>
8181 <literal> := 's' <digits=N> ':' <N character symbol name>
8182 | 'S' <digits=N> ':' <N character section name>
8186 <binary-operator> := as in C
8187 <unary-operator> := as in C, plus "0-" for unambiguous negation. */
8190 set_symbol_value (bfd
*bfd_with_globals
,
8191 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
,
8196 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
8197 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8198 size_t extsymoff
= locsymcount
;
8200 if (symidx
< locsymcount
)
8202 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8204 sym
= isymbuf
+ symidx
;
8205 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) == STB_LOCAL
)
8207 /* It is a local symbol: move it to the
8208 "absolute" section and give it a value. */
8209 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
8210 sym
->st_value
= val
;
8213 BFD_ASSERT (elf_bad_symtab (bfd_with_globals
));
8217 /* It is a global symbol: set its link type
8218 to "defined" and give it a value. */
8220 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (bfd_with_globals
);
8221 h
= sym_hashes
[symidx
- extsymoff
];
8222 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8223 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8224 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
8225 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
8226 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= val
;
8227 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
8231 resolve_symbol (const char *name
,
8233 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
8235 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
,
8238 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8239 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*global_entry
;
8240 const char *candidate
= NULL
;
8241 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8244 symtab_hdr
= & elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8246 for (i
= 0; i
< locsymcount
; ++ i
)
8250 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
8253 candidate
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
8254 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
8257 printf ("Comparing string: '%s' vs. '%s' = 0x%lx\n",
8258 name
, candidate
, (unsigned long) sym
->st_value
);
8260 if (candidate
&& strcmp (candidate
, name
) == 0)
8262 asection
*sec
= flinfo
->sections
[i
];
8264 *result
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (input_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, 0);
8265 *result
+= sec
->output_offset
+ sec
->output_section
->vma
;
8267 printf ("Found symbol with value %8.8lx\n",
8268 (unsigned long) *result
);
8274 /* Hmm, haven't found it yet. perhaps it is a global. */
8275 global_entry
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (flinfo
->info
->hash
, name
,
8276 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
8280 if (global_entry
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
8281 || global_entry
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8283 *result
= (global_entry
->u
.def
.value
8284 + global_entry
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
8285 + global_entry
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
8287 printf ("Found GLOBAL symbol '%s' with value %8.8lx\n",
8288 global_entry
->root
.string
, (unsigned long) *result
);
8296 /* Looks up NAME in SECTIONS. If found sets RESULT to NAME's address (in
8297 bytes) and returns TRUE, otherwise returns FALSE. Accepts pseudo-section
8298 names like "foo.end" which is the end address of section "foo". */
8301 resolve_section (const char *name
,
8309 for (curr
= sections
; curr
; curr
= curr
->next
)
8310 if (strcmp (curr
->name
, name
) == 0)
8312 *result
= curr
->vma
;
8316 /* Hmm. still haven't found it. try pseudo-section names. */
8317 /* FIXME: This could be coded more efficiently... */
8318 for (curr
= sections
; curr
; curr
= curr
->next
)
8320 len
= strlen (curr
->name
);
8321 if (len
> strlen (name
))
8324 if (strncmp (curr
->name
, name
, len
) == 0)
8326 if (strncmp (".end", name
+ len
, 4) == 0)
8328 *result
= curr
->vma
+ curr
->size
/ bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
);
8332 /* Insert more pseudo-section names here, if you like. */
8340 undefined_reference (const char *reftype
, const char *name
)
8342 /* xgettext:c-format */
8343 _bfd_error_handler (_("undefined %s reference in complex symbol: %s"),
8348 eval_symbol (bfd_vma
*result
,
8351 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
8353 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
,
8362 const char *sym
= *symp
;
8364 bfd_boolean symbol_is_section
= FALSE
;
8369 if (len
< 1 || len
> sizeof (symbuf
))
8371 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8384 *result
= strtoul (sym
, (char **) symp
, 16);
8388 symbol_is_section
= TRUE
;
8392 symlen
= strtol (sym
, (char **) symp
, 10);
8393 sym
= *symp
+ 1; /* Skip the trailing ':'. */
8395 if (symend
< sym
|| symlen
+ 1 > sizeof (symbuf
))
8397 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8401 memcpy (symbuf
, sym
, symlen
);
8402 symbuf
[symlen
] = '\0';
8403 *symp
= sym
+ symlen
;
8405 /* Is it always possible, with complex symbols, that gas "mis-guessed"
8406 the symbol as a section, or vice-versa. so we're pretty liberal in our
8407 interpretation here; section means "try section first", not "must be a
8408 section", and likewise with symbol. */
8410 if (symbol_is_section
)
8412 if (!resolve_section (symbuf
, flinfo
->output_bfd
->sections
, result
, input_bfd
)
8413 && !resolve_symbol (symbuf
, input_bfd
, flinfo
, result
,
8414 isymbuf
, locsymcount
))
8416 undefined_reference ("section", symbuf
);
8422 if (!resolve_symbol (symbuf
, input_bfd
, flinfo
, result
,
8423 isymbuf
, locsymcount
)
8424 && !resolve_section (symbuf
, flinfo
->output_bfd
->sections
,
8427 undefined_reference ("symbol", symbuf
);
8434 /* All that remains are operators. */
8436 #define UNARY_OP(op) \
8437 if (strncmp (sym, #op, strlen (#op)) == 0) \
8439 sym += strlen (#op); \
8443 if (!eval_symbol (&a, symp, input_bfd, flinfo, dot, \
8444 isymbuf, locsymcount, signed_p)) \
8447 *result = op ((bfd_signed_vma) a); \
8453 #define BINARY_OP(op) \
8454 if (strncmp (sym, #op, strlen (#op)) == 0) \
8456 sym += strlen (#op); \
8460 if (!eval_symbol (&a, symp, input_bfd, flinfo, dot, \
8461 isymbuf, locsymcount, signed_p)) \
8464 if (!eval_symbol (&b, symp, input_bfd, flinfo, dot, \
8465 isymbuf, locsymcount, signed_p)) \
8468 *result = ((bfd_signed_vma) a) op ((bfd_signed_vma) b); \
8498 _bfd_error_handler (_("unknown operator '%c' in complex symbol"), * sym
);
8499 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8505 put_value (bfd_vma size
,
8506 unsigned long chunksz
,
8511 location
+= (size
- chunksz
);
8513 for (; size
; size
-= chunksz
, location
-= chunksz
)
8518 bfd_put_8 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
8522 bfd_put_16 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
8526 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
8527 /* Computed this way because x >>= 32 is undefined if x is a 32-bit value. */
8533 bfd_put_64 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
8534 /* Computed this way because x >>= 64 is undefined if x is a 64-bit value. */
8547 get_value (bfd_vma size
,
8548 unsigned long chunksz
,
8555 /* Sanity checks. */
8556 BFD_ASSERT (chunksz
<= sizeof (x
)
8559 && (size
% chunksz
) == 0
8560 && input_bfd
!= NULL
8561 && location
!= NULL
);
8563 if (chunksz
== sizeof (x
))
8565 BFD_ASSERT (size
== chunksz
);
8567 /* Make sure that we do not perform an undefined shift operation.
8568 We know that size == chunksz so there will only be one iteration
8569 of the loop below. */
8573 shift
= 8 * chunksz
;
8575 for (; size
; size
-= chunksz
, location
+= chunksz
)
8580 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_8 (input_bfd
, location
);
8583 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_16 (input_bfd
, location
);
8586 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, location
);
8590 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_64 (input_bfd
, location
);
8601 decode_complex_addend (unsigned long *start
, /* in bits */
8602 unsigned long *oplen
, /* in bits */
8603 unsigned long *len
, /* in bits */
8604 unsigned long *wordsz
, /* in bytes */
8605 unsigned long *chunksz
, /* in bytes */
8606 unsigned long *lsb0_p
,
8607 unsigned long *signed_p
,
8608 unsigned long *trunc_p
,
8609 unsigned long encoded
)
8611 * start
= encoded
& 0x3F;
8612 * len
= (encoded
>> 6) & 0x3F;
8613 * oplen
= (encoded
>> 12) & 0x3F;
8614 * wordsz
= (encoded
>> 18) & 0xF;
8615 * chunksz
= (encoded
>> 22) & 0xF;
8616 * lsb0_p
= (encoded
>> 27) & 1;
8617 * signed_p
= (encoded
>> 28) & 1;
8618 * trunc_p
= (encoded
>> 29) & 1;
8621 bfd_reloc_status_type
8622 bfd_elf_perform_complex_relocation (bfd
*input_bfd
,
8623 asection
*input_section ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8625 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
8628 bfd_vma shift
, x
, mask
;
8629 unsigned long start
, oplen
, len
, wordsz
, chunksz
, lsb0_p
, signed_p
, trunc_p
;
8630 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
8632 /* Perform this reloc, since it is complex.
8633 (this is not to say that it necessarily refers to a complex
8634 symbol; merely that it is a self-describing CGEN based reloc.
8635 i.e. the addend has the complete reloc information (bit start, end,
8636 word size, etc) encoded within it.). */
8638 decode_complex_addend (&start
, &oplen
, &len
, &wordsz
,
8639 &chunksz
, &lsb0_p
, &signed_p
,
8640 &trunc_p
, rel
->r_addend
);
8642 mask
= (((1L << (len
- 1)) - 1) << 1) | 1;
8645 shift
= (start
+ 1) - len
;
8647 shift
= (8 * wordsz
) - (start
+ len
);
8649 x
= get_value (wordsz
, chunksz
, input_bfd
,
8650 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
* bfd_octets_per_byte (input_bfd
));
8653 printf ("Doing complex reloc: "
8654 "lsb0? %ld, signed? %ld, trunc? %ld, wordsz %ld, "
8655 "chunksz %ld, start %ld, len %ld, oplen %ld\n"
8656 " dest: %8.8lx, mask: %8.8lx, reloc: %8.8lx\n",
8657 lsb0_p
, signed_p
, trunc_p
, wordsz
, chunksz
, start
, len
,
8658 oplen
, (unsigned long) x
, (unsigned long) mask
,
8659 (unsigned long) relocation
);
8664 /* Now do an overflow check. */
8665 r
= bfd_check_overflow ((signed_p
8666 ? complain_overflow_signed
8667 : complain_overflow_unsigned
),
8668 len
, 0, (8 * wordsz
),
8672 x
= (x
& ~(mask
<< shift
)) | ((relocation
& mask
) << shift
);
8675 printf (" relocation: %8.8lx\n"
8676 " shifted mask: %8.8lx\n"
8677 " shifted/masked reloc: %8.8lx\n"
8678 " result: %8.8lx\n",
8679 (unsigned long) relocation
, (unsigned long) (mask
<< shift
),
8680 (unsigned long) ((relocation
& mask
) << shift
), (unsigned long) x
);
8682 put_value (wordsz
, chunksz
, input_bfd
, x
,
8683 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
* bfd_octets_per_byte (input_bfd
));
8687 /* Functions to read r_offset from external (target order) reloc
8688 entry. Faster than bfd_getl32 et al, because we let the compiler
8689 know the value is aligned. */
8692 ext32l_r_offset (const void *p
)
8699 const union aligned32
*a
8700 = (const union aligned32
*) &((const Elf32_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
8702 uint32_t aval
= ( (uint32_t) a
->c
[0]
8703 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[1] << 8
8704 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[2] << 16
8705 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[3] << 24);
8710 ext32b_r_offset (const void *p
)
8717 const union aligned32
*a
8718 = (const union aligned32
*) &((const Elf32_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
8720 uint32_t aval
= ( (uint32_t) a
->c
[0] << 24
8721 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[1] << 16
8722 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[2] << 8
8723 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[3]);
8727 #ifdef BFD_HOST_64_BIT
8729 ext64l_r_offset (const void *p
)
8736 const union aligned64
*a
8737 = (const union aligned64
*) &((const Elf64_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
8739 uint64_t aval
= ( (uint64_t) a
->c
[0]
8740 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[1] << 8
8741 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[2] << 16
8742 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[3] << 24
8743 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[4] << 32
8744 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[5] << 40
8745 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[6] << 48
8746 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[7] << 56);
8751 ext64b_r_offset (const void *p
)
8758 const union aligned64
*a
8759 = (const union aligned64
*) &((const Elf64_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
8761 uint64_t aval
= ( (uint64_t) a
->c
[0] << 56
8762 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[1] << 48
8763 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[2] << 40
8764 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[3] << 32
8765 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[4] << 24
8766 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[5] << 16
8767 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[6] << 8
8768 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[7]);
8773 /* When performing a relocatable link, the input relocations are
8774 preserved. But, if they reference global symbols, the indices
8775 referenced must be updated. Update all the relocations found in
8779 elf_link_adjust_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
8781 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
,
8783 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8786 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8788 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
8789 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
8790 bfd_vma r_type_mask
;
8792 unsigned int count
= reldata
->count
;
8793 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
= reldata
->hashes
;
8795 if (reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
8797 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
8798 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
8800 else if (reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
)
8802 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
8803 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
8808 if (bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
> MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
)
8811 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
8818 r_type_mask
= 0xffffffff;
8822 erela
= reldata
->hdr
->contents
;
8823 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, rel_hash
++, erela
+= reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
)
8825 Elf_Internal_Rela irela
[MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
];
8828 if (*rel_hash
== NULL
)
8831 if ((*rel_hash
)->indx
== -2
8832 && info
->gc_sections
8833 && ! info
->gc_keep_exported
)
8835 /* PR 21524: Let the user know if a symbol was removed by garbage collection. */
8836 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB:%pA: error: relocation references symbol %s which was removed by garbage collection"),
8838 (*rel_hash
)->root
.root
.string
);
8839 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB:%pA: error: try relinking with --gc-keep-exported enabled"),
8841 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8844 BFD_ASSERT ((*rel_hash
)->indx
>= 0);
8846 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erela
, irela
);
8847 for (j
= 0; j
< bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
; j
++)
8848 irela
[j
].r_info
= ((bfd_vma
) (*rel_hash
)->indx
<< r_sym_shift
8849 | (irela
[j
].r_info
& r_type_mask
));
8850 (*swap_out
) (abfd
, irela
, erela
);
8853 if (bed
->elf_backend_update_relocs
)
8854 (*bed
->elf_backend_update_relocs
) (sec
, reldata
);
8856 if (sort
&& count
!= 0)
8858 bfd_vma (*ext_r_off
) (const void *);
8861 bfd_byte
*base
, *end
, *p
, *loc
;
8862 bfd_byte
*buf
= NULL
;
8864 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
8866 if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE
)
8867 ext_r_off
= ext32l_r_offset
;
8868 else if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_BIG
)
8869 ext_r_off
= ext32b_r_offset
;
8875 #ifdef BFD_HOST_64_BIT
8876 if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE
)
8877 ext_r_off
= ext64l_r_offset
;
8878 else if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_BIG
)
8879 ext_r_off
= ext64b_r_offset
;
8885 /* Must use a stable sort here. A modified insertion sort,
8886 since the relocs are mostly sorted already. */
8887 elt_size
= reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
;
8888 base
= reldata
->hdr
->contents
;
8889 end
= base
+ count
* elt_size
;
8890 if (elt_size
> sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
))
8893 /* Ensure the first element is lowest. This acts as a sentinel,
8894 speeding the main loop below. */
8895 r_off
= (*ext_r_off
) (base
);
8896 for (p
= loc
= base
; (p
+= elt_size
) < end
; )
8898 bfd_vma r_off2
= (*ext_r_off
) (p
);
8907 /* Don't just swap *base and *loc as that changes the order
8908 of the original base[0] and base[1] if they happen to
8909 have the same r_offset. */
8910 bfd_byte onebuf
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
)];
8911 memcpy (onebuf
, loc
, elt_size
);
8912 memmove (base
+ elt_size
, base
, loc
- base
);
8913 memcpy (base
, onebuf
, elt_size
);
8916 for (p
= base
+ elt_size
; (p
+= elt_size
) < end
; )
8918 /* base to p is sorted, *p is next to insert. */
8919 r_off
= (*ext_r_off
) (p
);
8920 /* Search the sorted region for location to insert. */
8922 while (r_off
< (*ext_r_off
) (loc
))
8927 /* Chances are there is a run of relocs to insert here,
8928 from one of more input files. Files are not always
8929 linked in order due to the way elf_link_input_bfd is
8930 called. See pr17666. */
8931 size_t sortlen
= p
- loc
;
8932 bfd_vma r_off2
= (*ext_r_off
) (loc
);
8933 size_t runlen
= elt_size
;
8934 size_t buf_size
= 96 * 1024;
8935 while (p
+ runlen
< end
8936 && (sortlen
<= buf_size
8937 || runlen
+ elt_size
<= buf_size
)
8938 && r_off2
> (*ext_r_off
) (p
+ runlen
))
8942 buf
= bfd_malloc (buf_size
);
8946 if (runlen
< sortlen
)
8948 memcpy (buf
, p
, runlen
);
8949 memmove (loc
+ runlen
, loc
, sortlen
);
8950 memcpy (loc
, buf
, runlen
);
8954 memcpy (buf
, loc
, sortlen
);
8955 memmove (loc
, p
, runlen
);
8956 memcpy (loc
+ runlen
, buf
, sortlen
);
8958 p
+= runlen
- elt_size
;
8961 /* Hashes are no longer valid. */
8962 free (reldata
->hashes
);
8963 reldata
->hashes
= NULL
;
8969 struct elf_link_sort_rela
8975 enum elf_reloc_type_class type
;
8976 /* We use this as an array of size int_rels_per_ext_rel. */
8977 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
[1];
8981 elf_link_sort_cmp1 (const void *A
, const void *B
)
8983 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*a
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) A
;
8984 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*b
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) B
;
8985 int relativea
, relativeb
;
8987 relativea
= a
->type
== reloc_class_relative
;
8988 relativeb
= b
->type
== reloc_class_relative
;
8990 if (relativea
< relativeb
)
8992 if (relativea
> relativeb
)
8994 if ((a
->rela
->r_info
& a
->u
.sym_mask
) < (b
->rela
->r_info
& b
->u
.sym_mask
))
8996 if ((a
->rela
->r_info
& a
->u
.sym_mask
) > (b
->rela
->r_info
& b
->u
.sym_mask
))
8998 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
< b
->rela
->r_offset
)
9000 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
> b
->rela
->r_offset
)
9006 elf_link_sort_cmp2 (const void *A
, const void *B
)
9008 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*a
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) A
;
9009 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*b
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) B
;
9011 if (a
->type
< b
->type
)
9013 if (a
->type
> b
->type
)
9015 if (a
->u
.offset
< b
->u
.offset
)
9017 if (a
->u
.offset
> b
->u
.offset
)
9019 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
< b
->rela
->r_offset
)
9021 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
> b
->rela
->r_offset
)
9027 elf_link_sort_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
**psec
)
9029 asection
*dynamic_relocs
;
9032 bfd_size_type count
, size
;
9033 size_t i
, ret
, sort_elt
, ext_size
;
9034 bfd_byte
*sort
, *s_non_relative
, *p
;
9035 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*sq
;
9036 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9037 int i2e
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
9038 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
);
9039 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
9040 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
9041 struct bfd_link_order
*lo
;
9043 bfd_boolean use_rela
;
9045 /* Find a dynamic reloc section. */
9046 rela_dyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.dyn");
9047 rel_dyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rel.dyn");
9048 if (rela_dyn
!= NULL
&& rela_dyn
->size
> 0
9049 && rel_dyn
!= NULL
&& rel_dyn
->size
> 0)
9051 bfd_boolean use_rela_initialised
= FALSE
;
9053 /* This is just here to stop gcc from complaining.
9054 Its initialization checking code is not perfect. */
9057 /* Both sections are present. Examine the sizes
9058 of the indirect sections to help us choose. */
9059 for (lo
= rela_dyn
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
9060 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
9062 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
9064 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
) == 0)
9066 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
9067 /* Section size is divisible by both rel and rela sizes.
9068 It is of no help to us. */
9072 /* Section size is only divisible by rela. */
9073 if (use_rela_initialised
&& !use_rela
)
9075 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unable to sort relocs - "
9076 "they are in more than one size"),
9078 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9084 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
9088 else if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
9090 /* Section size is only divisible by rel. */
9091 if (use_rela_initialised
&& use_rela
)
9093 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unable to sort relocs - "
9094 "they are in more than one size"),
9096 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9102 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
9107 /* The section size is not divisible by either -
9108 something is wrong. */
9109 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unable to sort relocs - "
9110 "they are of an unknown size"), abfd
);
9111 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9116 for (lo
= rel_dyn
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
9117 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
9119 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
9121 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
) == 0)
9123 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
9124 /* Section size is divisible by both rel and rela sizes.
9125 It is of no help to us. */
9129 /* Section size is only divisible by rela. */
9130 if (use_rela_initialised
&& !use_rela
)
9132 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unable to sort relocs - "
9133 "they are in more than one size"),
9135 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9141 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
9145 else if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
9147 /* Section size is only divisible by rel. */
9148 if (use_rela_initialised
&& use_rela
)
9150 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unable to sort relocs - "
9151 "they are in more than one size"),
9153 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9159 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
9164 /* The section size is not divisible by either -
9165 something is wrong. */
9166 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unable to sort relocs - "
9167 "they are of an unknown size"), abfd
);
9168 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9173 if (! use_rela_initialised
)
9177 else if (rela_dyn
!= NULL
&& rela_dyn
->size
> 0)
9179 else if (rel_dyn
!= NULL
&& rel_dyn
->size
> 0)
9186 dynamic_relocs
= rela_dyn
;
9187 ext_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
9188 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
9189 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
9193 dynamic_relocs
= rel_dyn
;
9194 ext_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
9195 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
9196 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
9200 for (lo
= dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
9201 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
9202 size
+= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
->size
;
9204 if (size
!= dynamic_relocs
->size
)
9207 sort_elt
= (sizeof (struct elf_link_sort_rela
)
9208 + (i2e
- 1) * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
));
9210 count
= dynamic_relocs
->size
/ ext_size
;
9213 sort
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zmalloc (sort_elt
* count
);
9217 (*info
->callbacks
->warning
)
9218 (info
, _("not enough memory to sort relocations"), 0, abfd
, 0, 0);
9222 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
9223 r_sym_mask
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0xff;
9225 r_sym_mask
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffffffff;
9227 for (lo
= dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
9228 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
9230 bfd_byte
*erel
, *erelend
;
9231 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
9233 if (o
->contents
== NULL
&& o
->size
!= 0)
9235 /* This is a reloc section that is being handled as a normal
9236 section. See bfd_section_from_shdr. We can't combine
9237 relocs in this case. */
9242 erelend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
9243 p
= sort
+ o
->output_offset
* opb
/ ext_size
* sort_elt
;
9245 while (erel
< erelend
)
9247 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
9249 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erel
, s
->rela
);
9250 s
->type
= (*bed
->elf_backend_reloc_type_class
) (info
, o
, s
->rela
);
9251 s
->u
.sym_mask
= r_sym_mask
;
9257 qsort (sort
, count
, sort_elt
, elf_link_sort_cmp1
);
9259 for (i
= 0, p
= sort
; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= sort_elt
)
9261 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
9262 if (s
->type
!= reloc_class_relative
)
9268 sq
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) s_non_relative
;
9269 for (; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= sort_elt
)
9271 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*sp
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
9272 if (((sp
->rela
->r_info
^ sq
->rela
->r_info
) & r_sym_mask
) != 0)
9274 sp
->u
.offset
= sq
->rela
->r_offset
;
9277 qsort (s_non_relative
, count
- ret
, sort_elt
, elf_link_sort_cmp2
);
9279 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
9280 if (htab
->srelplt
&& htab
->srelplt
->output_section
== dynamic_relocs
)
9282 /* We have plt relocs in .rela.dyn. */
9283 sq
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) sort
;
9284 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
9285 if (sq
[count
- i
- 1].type
!= reloc_class_plt
)
9287 if (i
!= 0 && htab
->srelplt
->size
== i
* ext_size
)
9289 struct bfd_link_order
**plo
;
9290 /* Put srelplt link_order last. This is so the output_offset
9291 set in the next loop is correct for DT_JMPREL. */
9292 for (plo
= &dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; *plo
!= NULL
; )
9293 if ((*plo
)->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
9294 && (*plo
)->u
.indirect
.section
== htab
->srelplt
)
9300 plo
= &(*plo
)->next
;
9303 dynamic_relocs
->map_tail
.link_order
= lo
;
9308 for (lo
= dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
9309 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
9311 bfd_byte
*erel
, *erelend
;
9312 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
9315 erelend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
9316 o
->output_offset
= (p
- sort
) / sort_elt
* ext_size
/ opb
;
9317 while (erel
< erelend
)
9319 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
9320 (*swap_out
) (abfd
, s
->rela
, erel
);
9327 *psec
= dynamic_relocs
;
9331 /* Add a symbol to the output symbol string table. */
9334 elf_link_output_symstrtab (struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
9336 Elf_Internal_Sym
*elfsym
,
9337 asection
*input_sec
,
9338 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
9340 int (*output_symbol_hook
)
9341 (struct bfd_link_info
*, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
9342 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
9343 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
9344 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9345 bfd_size_type strtabsize
;
9347 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (flinfo
->output_bfd
));
9349 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
9350 output_symbol_hook
= bed
->elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
;
9351 if (output_symbol_hook
!= NULL
)
9353 int ret
= (*output_symbol_hook
) (flinfo
->info
, name
, elfsym
, input_sec
, h
);
9360 || (input_sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
))
9361 elfsym
->st_name
= (unsigned long) -1;
9364 /* Call _bfd_elf_strtab_offset after _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize
9365 to get the final offset for st_name. */
9367 = (unsigned long) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (flinfo
->symstrtab
,
9369 if (elfsym
->st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
9373 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
);
9374 strtabsize
= hash_table
->strtabsize
;
9375 if (strtabsize
<= hash_table
->strtabcount
)
9377 strtabsize
+= strtabsize
;
9378 hash_table
->strtabsize
= strtabsize
;
9379 strtabsize
*= sizeof (*hash_table
->strtab
);
9381 = (struct elf_sym_strtab
*) bfd_realloc (hash_table
->strtab
,
9383 if (hash_table
->strtab
== NULL
)
9386 hash_table
->strtab
[hash_table
->strtabcount
].sym
= *elfsym
;
9387 hash_table
->strtab
[hash_table
->strtabcount
].dest_index
9388 = hash_table
->strtabcount
;
9389 hash_table
->strtab
[hash_table
->strtabcount
].destshndx_index
9390 = flinfo
->symshndxbuf
? bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
) : 0;
9392 bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
) += 1;
9393 hash_table
->strtabcount
+= 1;
9398 /* Swap symbols out to the symbol table and flush the output symbols to
9402 elf_link_swap_symbols_out (struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
)
9404 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
);
9407 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9409 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
9413 if (!hash_table
->strtabcount
)
9416 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (flinfo
->output_bfd
));
9418 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
9420 amt
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
* hash_table
->strtabcount
;
9421 symbuf
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
9425 if (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
)
9427 amt
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
9428 amt
*= bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
9429 flinfo
->symshndxbuf
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
9430 if (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
== NULL
)
9437 for (i
= 0; i
< hash_table
->strtabcount
; i
++)
9439 struct elf_sym_strtab
*elfsym
= &hash_table
->strtab
[i
];
9440 if (elfsym
->sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
9441 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
= 0;
9444 = (unsigned long) _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (flinfo
->symstrtab
,
9445 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
);
9446 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &elfsym
->sym
,
9447 ((bfd_byte
*) symbuf
9448 + (elfsym
->dest_index
9449 * bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)),
9450 (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
9451 + elfsym
->destshndx_index
));
9454 hdr
= &elf_tdata (flinfo
->output_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
9455 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
9456 amt
= hash_table
->strtabcount
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
9457 if (bfd_seek (flinfo
->output_bfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) == 0
9458 && bfd_bwrite (symbuf
, amt
, flinfo
->output_bfd
) == amt
)
9460 hdr
->sh_size
+= amt
;
9468 free (hash_table
->strtab
);
9469 hash_table
->strtab
= NULL
;
9474 /* Return TRUE if the dynamic symbol SYM in ABFD is supported. */
9477 check_dynsym (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
9479 if (sym
->st_shndx
>= (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff)
9480 && sym
->st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
)
9482 /* The gABI doesn't support dynamic symbols in output sections
9485 /* xgettext:c-format */
9486 (_("%pB: too many sections: %d (>= %d)"),
9487 abfd
, bfd_count_sections (abfd
), SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff);
9488 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
9494 /* For DSOs loaded in via a DT_NEEDED entry, emulate ld.so in
9495 allowing an unsatisfied unversioned symbol in the DSO to match a
9496 versioned symbol that would normally require an explicit version.
9497 We also handle the case that a DSO references a hidden symbol
9498 which may be satisfied by a versioned symbol in another DSO. */
9501 elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9502 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
,
9503 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
9506 struct elf_link_loaded_list
*loaded
;
9508 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
9511 /* Check indirect symbol. */
9512 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9513 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9515 switch (h
->root
.type
)
9521 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
9522 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
9523 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
9525 || (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
9526 || (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_DT_NEEDED
) == 0)
9530 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
9531 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
9532 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
9535 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
9536 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
->owner
;
9539 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
);
9541 for (loaded
= elf_hash_table (info
)->loaded
;
9543 loaded
= loaded
->next
)
9546 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
9550 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*versymhdr
;
9551 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
9552 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
9553 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
9554 Elf_External_Versym
*ever
;
9555 Elf_External_Versym
*extversym
;
9557 input
= loaded
->abfd
;
9559 /* We check each DSO for a possible hidden versioned definition. */
9561 || (input
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
9562 || elf_dynversym (input
) == 0)
9565 hdr
= &elf_tdata (input
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
9567 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
9568 if (elf_bad_symtab (input
))
9570 extsymcount
= symcount
;
9575 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
9576 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
9579 if (extsymcount
== 0)
9582 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
9584 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
9587 /* Read in any version definitions. */
9588 versymhdr
= &elf_tdata (input
)->dynversym_hdr
;
9589 extversym
= (Elf_External_Versym
*) bfd_malloc (versymhdr
->sh_size
);
9590 if (extversym
== NULL
)
9593 if (bfd_seek (input
, versymhdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
9594 || (bfd_bread (extversym
, versymhdr
->sh_size
, input
)
9595 != versymhdr
->sh_size
))
9603 ever
= extversym
+ extsymoff
;
9604 isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
;
9605 for (isym
= isymbuf
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++, ever
++)
9608 Elf_Internal_Versym iver
;
9609 unsigned short version_index
;
9611 if (ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
) == STB_LOCAL
9612 || isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
9615 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input
,
9618 if (strcmp (name
, h
->root
.root
.string
) != 0)
9621 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (input
, ever
, &iver
);
9623 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
9625 && h
->forced_local
))
9627 /* If we have a non-hidden versioned sym, then it should
9628 have provided a definition for the undefined sym unless
9629 it is defined in a non-shared object and forced local.
9634 version_index
= iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
9635 if (version_index
== 1 || version_index
== 2)
9637 /* This is the base or first version. We can use it. */
9651 /* Convert ELF common symbol TYPE. */
9654 elf_link_convert_common_type (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, int type
)
9656 /* Commom symbol can only appear in relocatable link. */
9657 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
9659 switch (info
->elf_stt_common
)
9663 case elf_stt_common
:
9666 case no_elf_stt_common
:
9673 /* Add an external symbol to the symbol table. This is called from
9674 the hash table traversal routine. When generating a shared object,
9675 we go through the symbol table twice. The first time we output
9676 anything that might have been forced to local scope in a version
9677 script. The second time we output the symbols that are still
9681 elf_link_output_extsym (struct bfd_hash_entry
*bh
, void *data
)
9683 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
9684 struct elf_outext_info
*eoinfo
= (struct elf_outext_info
*) data
;
9685 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
= eoinfo
->flinfo
;
9687 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
9688 asection
*input_sec
;
9689 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9694 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
9696 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9697 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
9701 /* Decide whether to output this symbol in this pass. */
9702 if (eoinfo
->localsyms
)
9704 if (!h
->forced_local
)
9709 if (h
->forced_local
)
9713 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
9715 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
9717 /* If we have an undefined symbol reference here then it must have
9718 come from a shared library that is being linked in. (Undefined
9719 references in regular files have already been handled unless
9720 they are in unreferenced sections which are removed by garbage
9722 bfd_boolean ignore_undef
= FALSE
;
9724 /* Some symbols may be special in that the fact that they're
9725 undefined can be safely ignored - let backend determine that. */
9726 if (bed
->elf_backend_ignore_undef_symbol
)
9727 ignore_undef
= bed
->elf_backend_ignore_undef_symbol (h
);
9729 /* If we are reporting errors for this situation then do so now. */
9732 && (!h
->ref_regular
|| flinfo
->info
->gc_sections
)
9733 && !elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (flinfo
->info
, bed
, h
)
9734 && flinfo
->info
->unresolved_syms_in_shared_libs
!= RM_IGNORE
)
9735 (*flinfo
->info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
9736 (flinfo
->info
, h
->root
.root
.string
,
9737 h
->ref_regular
? NULL
: h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
,
9739 flinfo
->info
->unresolved_syms_in_shared_libs
== RM_GENERATE_ERROR
);
9741 /* Strip a global symbol defined in a discarded section. */
9746 /* We should also warn if a forced local symbol is referenced from
9747 shared libraries. */
9748 if (bfd_link_executable (flinfo
->info
)
9753 && h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
9754 && !elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (flinfo
->info
, bed
, h
))
9758 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
= h
;
9760 /* Check indirect symbol. */
9761 while (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9762 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9764 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
)
9765 /* xgettext:c-format */
9766 msg
= _("%pB: internal symbol `%s' in %pB is referenced by DSO");
9767 else if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
)
9768 /* xgettext:c-format */
9769 msg
= _("%pB: hidden symbol `%s' in %pB is referenced by DSO");
9771 /* xgettext:c-format */
9772 msg
= _("%pB: local symbol `%s' in %pB is referenced by DSO");
9773 def_bfd
= flinfo
->output_bfd
;
9774 if (hi
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
9775 def_bfd
= hi
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
9776 _bfd_error_handler (msg
, flinfo
->output_bfd
,
9777 h
->root
.root
.string
, def_bfd
);
9778 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9779 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9783 /* We don't want to output symbols that have never been mentioned by
9784 a regular file, or that we have been told to strip. However, if
9785 h->indx is set to -2, the symbol is used by a reloc and we must
9790 else if ((h
->def_dynamic
9792 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
9796 else if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
9798 else if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
9799 && bfd_hash_lookup (flinfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
9800 h
->root
.root
.string
, FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
)
9802 else if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9803 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
9804 && ((flinfo
->info
->strip_discarded
9805 && discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
9806 || ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0
9807 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
9808 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)))
9810 else if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
9811 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
9812 && h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
!= NULL
9813 && (h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
9818 /* If we're stripping it, and it's not a dynamic symbol, there's
9819 nothing else to do. However, if it is a forced local symbol or
9820 an ifunc symbol we need to give the backend finish_dynamic_symbol
9821 function a chance to make it dynamic. */
9824 && type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
9825 && !h
->forced_local
)
9829 sym
.st_size
= h
->size
;
9830 sym
.st_other
= h
->other
;
9831 switch (h
->root
.type
)
9834 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
9835 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
9839 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
9840 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
9841 input_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
9842 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
9845 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
9846 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
9848 input_sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
9849 if (input_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
9852 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (flinfo
->output_bfd
,
9853 input_sec
->output_section
);
9854 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
9857 /* xgettext:c-format */
9858 (_("%pB: could not find output section %pA for input section %pA"),
9859 flinfo
->output_bfd
, input_sec
->output_section
, input_sec
);
9860 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
9861 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9865 /* ELF symbols in relocatable files are section relative,
9866 but in nonrelocatable files they are virtual
9868 sym
.st_value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
+ input_sec
->output_offset
;
9869 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
9871 sym
.st_value
+= input_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
9872 if (h
->type
== STT_TLS
)
9874 asection
*tls_sec
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->tls_sec
;
9875 if (tls_sec
!= NULL
)
9876 sym
.st_value
-= tls_sec
->vma
;
9882 BFD_ASSERT (input_sec
->owner
== NULL
9883 || (input_sec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0);
9884 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
9885 input_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
9890 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
9891 input_sec
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
9892 sym
.st_shndx
= bed
->common_section_index (input_sec
);
9893 sym
.st_value
= 1 << h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
9896 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
9897 /* These symbols are created by symbol versioning. They point
9898 to the decorated version of the name. For example, if the
9899 symbol foo@@GNU_1.2 is the default, which should be used when
9900 foo is used with no version, then we add an indirect symbol
9901 foo which points to foo@@GNU_1.2. We ignore these symbols,
9902 since the indirected symbol is already in the hash table. */
9906 if (type
== STT_COMMON
|| type
== STT_OBJECT
)
9907 switch (h
->root
.type
)
9909 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
9910 type
= elf_link_convert_common_type (flinfo
->info
, type
);
9912 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
9913 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
9914 if (bed
->common_definition (&sym
))
9915 type
= elf_link_convert_common_type (flinfo
->info
, type
);
9919 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
9920 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
9926 if (h
->forced_local
)
9928 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, type
);
9929 /* Turn off visibility on local symbol. */
9930 sym
.st_other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
9932 /* Set STB_GNU_UNIQUE only if symbol is defined in regular object. */
9933 else if (h
->unique_global
&& h
->def_regular
)
9934 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GNU_UNIQUE
, type
);
9935 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
9936 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
9937 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_WEAK
, type
);
9939 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, type
);
9940 sym
.st_target_internal
= h
->target_internal
;
9942 /* Give the processor backend a chance to tweak the symbol value,
9943 and also to finish up anything that needs to be done for this
9944 symbol. FIXME: Not calling elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol for
9945 forced local syms when non-shared is due to a historical quirk.
9946 STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT. */
9947 if ((h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
9949 && !bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
9950 || ((h
->dynindx
!= -1
9952 && ((bfd_link_pic (flinfo
->info
)
9953 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
9954 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
9955 || !h
->forced_local
)
9956 && elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
))
9958 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol
)
9959 (flinfo
->output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
, h
, &sym
)))
9961 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9966 /* If we are marking the symbol as undefined, and there are no
9967 non-weak references to this symbol from a regular object, then
9968 mark the symbol as weak undefined; if there are non-weak
9969 references, mark the symbol as strong. We can't do this earlier,
9970 because it might not be marked as undefined until the
9971 finish_dynamic_symbol routine gets through with it. */
9972 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
9974 && (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) == STB_GLOBAL
9975 || ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) == STB_WEAK
))
9978 type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
);
9980 /* Turn an undefined IFUNC symbol into a normal FUNC symbol. */
9981 if (type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9984 if (h
->ref_regular_nonweak
)
9985 bindtype
= STB_GLOBAL
;
9987 bindtype
= STB_WEAK
;
9988 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bindtype
, type
);
9991 /* If this is a symbol defined in a dynamic library, don't use the
9992 symbol size from the dynamic library. Relinking an executable
9993 against a new library may introduce gratuitous changes in the
9994 executable's symbols if we keep the size. */
9995 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
10000 /* If a non-weak symbol with non-default visibility is not defined
10001 locally, it is a fatal error. */
10002 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
)
10003 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
10004 && ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) != STB_WEAK
10005 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
10006 && !h
->def_regular
)
10010 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) == STV_PROTECTED
)
10011 /* xgettext:c-format */
10012 msg
= _("%pB: protected symbol `%s' isn't defined");
10013 else if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) == STV_INTERNAL
)
10014 /* xgettext:c-format */
10015 msg
= _("%pB: internal symbol `%s' isn't defined");
10017 /* xgettext:c-format */
10018 msg
= _("%pB: hidden symbol `%s' isn't defined");
10019 _bfd_error_handler (msg
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
10020 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10021 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
10025 /* If this symbol should be put in the .dynsym section, then put it
10026 there now. We already know the symbol index. We also fill in
10027 the entry in the .hash section. */
10028 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1
10029 && elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
10030 && elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynsym
!= NULL
10031 && !discarded_section (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynsym
))
10035 /* Since there is no version information in the dynamic string,
10036 if there is no version info in symbol version section, we will
10037 have a run-time problem if not linking executable, referenced
10038 by shared library, or not bound locally. */
10039 if (h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
10040 && (!bfd_link_executable (flinfo
->info
)
10042 || !h
->def_regular
))
10044 char *p
= strrchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
10046 if (p
&& p
[1] != '\0')
10049 /* xgettext:c-format */
10050 (_("%pB: no symbol version section for versioned symbol `%s'"),
10051 flinfo
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
10052 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
10057 sym
.st_name
= h
->dynstr_index
;
10058 esym
= (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynsym
->contents
10059 + h
->dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
10060 if (!check_dynsym (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &sym
))
10062 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
10065 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &sym
, esym
, 0);
10067 if (flinfo
->hash_sec
!= NULL
)
10069 size_t hash_entry_size
;
10070 bfd_byte
*bucketpos
;
10072 size_t bucketcount
;
10075 bucketcount
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->bucketcount
;
10076 bucket
= h
->u
.elf_hash_value
% bucketcount
;
10079 = elf_section_data (flinfo
->hash_sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
10080 bucketpos
= ((bfd_byte
*) flinfo
->hash_sec
->contents
10081 + (bucket
+ 2) * hash_entry_size
);
10082 chain
= bfd_get (8 * hash_entry_size
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, bucketpos
);
10083 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, h
->dynindx
,
10085 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, chain
,
10086 ((bfd_byte
*) flinfo
->hash_sec
->contents
10087 + (bucketcount
+ 2 + h
->dynindx
) * hash_entry_size
));
10090 if (flinfo
->symver_sec
!= NULL
&& flinfo
->symver_sec
->contents
!= NULL
)
10092 Elf_Internal_Versym iversym
;
10093 Elf_External_Versym
*eversym
;
10095 if (!h
->def_regular
)
10097 if (h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
10098 || (elf_dyn_lib_class (h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
)
10099 & (DYN_AS_NEEDED
| DYN_DT_NEEDED
| DYN_NO_NEEDED
)))
10100 iversym
.vs_vers
= 0;
10102 iversym
.vs_vers
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
+ 1;
10106 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
)
10107 iversym
.vs_vers
= 1;
10109 iversym
.vs_vers
= h
->verinfo
.vertree
->vernum
+ 1;
10110 if (flinfo
->info
->create_default_symver
)
10114 /* Turn on VERSYM_HIDDEN only if the hidden versioned symbol is
10115 defined locally. */
10116 if (h
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
&& h
->def_regular
)
10117 iversym
.vs_vers
|= VERSYM_HIDDEN
;
10119 eversym
= (Elf_External_Versym
*) flinfo
->symver_sec
->contents
;
10120 eversym
+= h
->dynindx
;
10121 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &iversym
, eversym
);
10125 /* If the symbol is undefined, and we didn't output it to .dynsym,
10126 strip it from .symtab too. Obviously we can't do this for
10127 relocatable output or when needed for --emit-relocs. */
10128 else if (input_sec
== bfd_und_section_ptr
10130 /* PR 22319 Do not strip global undefined symbols marked as being needed. */
10131 && (h
->mark
!= 1 || ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) != STB_GLOBAL
)
10132 && !bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10135 /* Also strip others that we couldn't earlier due to dynamic symbol
10139 if ((input_sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
10142 /* Output a FILE symbol so that following locals are not associated
10143 with the wrong input file. We need one for forced local symbols
10144 if we've seen more than one FILE symbol or when we have exactly
10145 one FILE symbol but global symbols are present in a file other
10146 than the one with the FILE symbol. We also need one if linker
10147 defined symbols are present. In practice these conditions are
10148 always met, so just emit the FILE symbol unconditionally. */
10149 if (eoinfo
->localsyms
10150 && !eoinfo
->file_sym_done
10151 && eoinfo
->flinfo
->filesym_count
!= 0)
10153 Elf_Internal_Sym fsym
;
10155 memset (&fsym
, 0, sizeof (fsym
));
10156 fsym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
10157 fsym
.st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10158 if (!elf_link_output_symstrtab (eoinfo
->flinfo
, NULL
, &fsym
,
10159 bfd_und_section_ptr
, NULL
))
10162 eoinfo
->file_sym_done
= TRUE
;
10165 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
10166 ret
= elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
, h
->root
.root
.string
, &sym
,
10170 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
10175 else if (h
->indx
== -2)
10181 /* Return TRUE if special handling is done for relocs in SEC against
10182 symbols defined in discarded sections. */
10185 elf_section_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
10187 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
10189 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
10191 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
10192 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
10193 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME_ENTRY
:
10199 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (sec
->owner
);
10200 if (bed
->elf_backend_ignore_discarded_relocs
!= NULL
10201 && (*bed
->elf_backend_ignore_discarded_relocs
) (sec
))
10207 /* Return a mask saying how ld should treat relocations in SEC against
10208 symbols defined in discarded sections. If this function returns
10209 COMPLAIN set, ld will issue a warning message. If this function
10210 returns PRETEND set, and the discarded section was link-once and the
10211 same size as the kept link-once section, ld will pretend that the
10212 symbol was actually defined in the kept section. Otherwise ld will
10213 zero the reloc (at least that is the intent, but some cooperation by
10214 the target dependent code is needed, particularly for REL targets). */
10217 _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (asection
*sec
)
10219 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
10222 if (strcmp (".eh_frame", sec
->name
) == 0)
10225 if (strcmp (".gcc_except_table", sec
->name
) == 0)
10228 return COMPLAIN
| PRETEND
;
10231 /* Find a match between a section and a member of a section group. */
10234 match_group_member (asection
*sec
, asection
*group
,
10235 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
10237 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (group
);
10238 asection
*s
= first
;
10242 if (bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (s
, sec
, info
))
10245 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
10253 /* Check if the kept section of a discarded section SEC can be used
10254 to replace it. Return the replacement if it is OK. Otherwise return
10258 _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (asection
*sec
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
10262 kept
= sec
->kept_section
;
10265 if ((kept
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
10266 kept
= match_group_member (sec
, kept
, info
);
10268 && ((sec
->rawsize
!= 0 ? sec
->rawsize
: sec
->size
)
10269 != (kept
->rawsize
!= 0 ? kept
->rawsize
: kept
->size
)))
10271 sec
->kept_section
= kept
;
10276 /* Link an input file into the linker output file. This function
10277 handles all the sections and relocations of the input file at once.
10278 This is so that we only have to read the local symbols once, and
10279 don't have to keep them in memory. */
10282 elf_link_input_bfd (struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
, bfd
*input_bfd
)
10284 int (*relocate_section
)
10285 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd
*, asection
*, bfd_byte
*,
10286 Elf_Internal_Rela
*, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
**);
10288 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
10289 size_t locsymcount
;
10291 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
10292 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
10293 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
10295 asection
**ppsection
;
10297 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
10298 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
10299 bfd_size_type address_size
;
10300 bfd_vma r_type_mask
;
10302 bfd_boolean have_file_sym
= FALSE
;
10304 output_bfd
= flinfo
->output_bfd
;
10305 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
10306 relocate_section
= bed
->elf_backend_relocate_section
;
10308 /* If this is a dynamic object, we don't want to do anything here:
10309 we don't want the local symbols, and we don't want the section
10311 if ((input_bfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
10314 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
10315 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
10317 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
10322 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
10323 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
10326 /* Read the local symbols. */
10327 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
10328 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& locsymcount
!= 0)
10330 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
, locsymcount
, 0,
10331 flinfo
->internal_syms
,
10332 flinfo
->external_syms
,
10333 flinfo
->locsym_shndx
);
10334 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
10338 /* Find local symbol sections and adjust values of symbols in
10339 SEC_MERGE sections. Write out those local symbols we know are
10340 going into the output file. */
10341 isymend
= isymbuf
+ locsymcount
;
10342 for (isym
= isymbuf
, pindex
= flinfo
->indices
, ppsection
= flinfo
->sections
;
10344 isym
++, pindex
++, ppsection
++)
10348 Elf_Internal_Sym osym
;
10354 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
10356 if (ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
10363 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
10364 isec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
10365 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
10366 isec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
10367 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
10368 isec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
10371 isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
10374 /* Don't attempt to output symbols with st_shnx in the
10375 reserved range other than SHN_ABS and SHN_COMMON. */
10379 else if (isec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
10380 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) != STT_SECTION
)
10382 _bfd_merged_section_offset (output_bfd
, &isec
,
10383 elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
,
10389 /* Don't output the first, undefined, symbol. In fact, don't
10390 output any undefined local symbol. */
10391 if (isec
== bfd_und_section_ptr
)
10394 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
10396 /* We never output section symbols. Instead, we use the
10397 section symbol of the corresponding section in the output
10402 /* If we are stripping all symbols, we don't want to output this
10404 if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
10407 /* If we are discarding all local symbols, we don't want to
10408 output this one. If we are generating a relocatable output
10409 file, then some of the local symbols may be required by
10410 relocs; we output them below as we discover that they are
10412 if (flinfo
->info
->discard
== discard_all
)
10415 /* If this symbol is defined in a section which we are
10416 discarding, we don't need to keep it. */
10417 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
10418 && isym
->st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
10419 && bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd
,
10420 isec
->output_section
))
10423 /* Get the name of the symbol. */
10424 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
10429 /* See if we are discarding symbols with this name. */
10430 if ((flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
10431 && (bfd_hash_lookup (flinfo
->info
->keep_hash
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
)
10433 || (((flinfo
->info
->discard
== discard_sec_merge
10434 && (isec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
10435 && !bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10436 || flinfo
->info
->discard
== discard_l
)
10437 && bfd_is_local_label_name (input_bfd
, name
)))
10440 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_FILE
)
10442 if (input_bfd
->lto_output
)
10443 /* -flto puts a temp file name here. This means builds
10444 are not reproducible. Discard the symbol. */
10446 have_file_sym
= TRUE
;
10447 flinfo
->filesym_count
+= 1;
10449 if (!have_file_sym
)
10451 /* In the absence of debug info, bfd_find_nearest_line uses
10452 FILE symbols to determine the source file for local
10453 function symbols. Provide a FILE symbol here if input
10454 files lack such, so that their symbols won't be
10455 associated with a previous input file. It's not the
10456 source file, but the best we can do. */
10457 have_file_sym
= TRUE
;
10458 flinfo
->filesym_count
+= 1;
10459 memset (&osym
, 0, sizeof (osym
));
10460 osym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
10461 osym
.st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10462 if (!elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
,
10463 (input_bfd
->lto_output
? NULL
10464 : input_bfd
->filename
),
10465 &osym
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
10472 /* Adjust the section index for the output file. */
10473 osym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
10474 isec
->output_section
);
10475 if (osym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
10478 /* ELF symbols in relocatable files are section relative, but
10479 in executable files they are virtual addresses. Note that
10480 this code assumes that all ELF sections have an associated
10481 BFD section with a reasonable value for output_offset; below
10482 we assume that they also have a reasonable value for
10483 output_section. Any special sections must be set up to meet
10484 these requirements. */
10485 osym
.st_value
+= isec
->output_offset
;
10486 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10488 osym
.st_value
+= isec
->output_section
->vma
;
10489 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (osym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
)
10491 /* STT_TLS symbols are relative to PT_TLS segment base. */
10492 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->tls_sec
!= NULL
);
10493 osym
.st_value
-= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->tls_sec
->vma
;
10497 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
10498 ret
= elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
, name
, &osym
, isec
, NULL
);
10505 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
10507 r_type_mask
= 0xff;
10513 r_type_mask
= 0xffffffff;
10518 /* Relocate the contents of each section. */
10519 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
);
10520 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
10522 bfd_byte
*contents
;
10524 if (! o
->linker_mark
)
10526 /* This section was omitted from the link. */
10530 if (!flinfo
->info
->resolve_section_groups
10531 && (o
->flags
& (SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_GROUP
)) == SEC_GROUP
)
10533 /* Deal with the group signature symbol. */
10534 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sec_data
= elf_section_data (o
);
10535 unsigned long symndx
= sec_data
->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
10536 asection
*osec
= o
->output_section
;
10538 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
));
10539 if (symndx
>= locsymcount
10540 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
10541 && flinfo
->sections
[symndx
] == NULL
))
10543 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= sym_hashes
[symndx
- extsymoff
];
10544 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
10545 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
10546 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
10547 /* Arrange for symbol to be output. */
10549 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= -2;
10551 else if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isymbuf
[symndx
].st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
10553 /* We'll use the output section target_index. */
10554 asection
*sec
= flinfo
->sections
[symndx
]->output_section
;
10555 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= sec
->target_index
;
10559 if (flinfo
->indices
[symndx
] == -1)
10561 /* Otherwise output the local symbol now. */
10562 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
= isymbuf
[symndx
];
10563 asection
*sec
= flinfo
->sections
[symndx
]->output_section
;
10568 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
10569 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
10574 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
10576 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
10579 sym
.st_value
+= o
->output_offset
;
10581 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
10582 ret
= elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
, name
, &sym
, o
,
10587 flinfo
->indices
[symndx
] = indx
;
10591 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
10592 = flinfo
->indices
[symndx
];
10596 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0
10597 || (o
->size
== 0 && (o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0))
10600 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
10602 /* Section was created by _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections
10607 /* Get the contents of the section. They have been cached by a
10608 relaxation routine. Note that o is a section in an input
10609 file, so the contents field will not have been set by any of
10610 the routines which work on output files. */
10611 if (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
10613 contents
= elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
10614 if (bed
->caches_rawsize
10616 && o
->rawsize
< o
->size
)
10618 memcpy (flinfo
->contents
, contents
, o
->rawsize
);
10619 contents
= flinfo
->contents
;
10624 contents
= flinfo
->contents
;
10625 if (! bfd_get_full_section_contents (input_bfd
, o
, &contents
))
10629 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
10631 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
10632 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
10633 int action_discarded
;
10636 /* Get the swapped relocs. */
10638 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (input_bfd
, o
, flinfo
->external_relocs
,
10639 flinfo
->internal_relocs
, FALSE
);
10640 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
10641 && o
->reloc_count
> 0)
10644 /* We need to reverse-copy input .ctors/.dtors sections if
10645 they are placed in .init_array/.finit_array for output. */
10646 if (o
->size
> address_size
10647 && ((strncmp (o
->name
, ".ctors", 6) == 0
10648 && strcmp (o
->output_section
->name
,
10649 ".init_array") == 0)
10650 || (strncmp (o
->name
, ".dtors", 6) == 0
10651 && strcmp (o
->output_section
->name
,
10652 ".fini_array") == 0))
10653 && (o
->name
[6] == 0 || o
->name
[6] == '.'))
10655 if (o
->size
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
10656 != o
->reloc_count
* address_size
)
10659 /* xgettext:c-format */
10660 (_("error: %pB: size of section %pA is not "
10661 "multiple of address size"),
10663 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10666 o
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
;
10669 action_discarded
= -1;
10670 if (!elf_section_ignore_discarded_relocs (o
))
10671 action_discarded
= (*bed
->action_discarded
) (o
);
10673 /* Run through the relocs evaluating complex reloc symbols and
10674 looking for relocs against symbols from discarded sections
10675 or section symbols from removed link-once sections.
10676 Complain about relocs against discarded sections. Zero
10677 relocs against removed link-once sections. */
10679 rel
= internal_relocs
;
10680 relend
= rel
+ o
->reloc_count
;
10681 for ( ; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
10683 unsigned long r_symndx
= rel
->r_info
>> r_sym_shift
;
10684 unsigned int s_type
;
10685 asection
**ps
, *sec
;
10686 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
10687 const char *sym_name
;
10689 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
10692 if (r_symndx
>= locsymcount
10693 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
10694 && flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
] == NULL
))
10696 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
10698 /* Badly formatted input files can contain relocs that
10699 reference non-existant symbols. Check here so that
10700 we do not seg fault. */
10704 /* xgettext:c-format */
10705 (_("error: %pB contains a reloc (%#" PRIx64
") for section %pA "
10706 "that references a non-existent global symbol"),
10707 input_bfd
, (uint64_t) rel
->r_info
, o
);
10708 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10712 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
10713 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
10714 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
10718 /* If a plugin symbol is referenced from a non-IR file,
10719 mark the symbol as undefined. Note that the
10720 linker may attach linker created dynamic sections
10721 to the plugin bfd. Symbols defined in linker
10722 created sections are not plugin symbols. */
10723 if ((h
->root
.non_ir_ref_regular
10724 || h
->root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
)
10725 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
10726 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
10727 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
10728 & SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0
10729 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
10730 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
10731 & BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
10733 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
10734 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
10738 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
10739 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
10740 ps
= &h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
10742 sym_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
10746 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
10748 s_type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
);
10749 ps
= &flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
];
10750 sym_name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
10754 if ((s_type
== STT_RELC
|| s_type
== STT_SRELC
)
10755 && !bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10758 bfd_vma dot
= (rel
->r_offset
10759 + o
->output_offset
+ o
->output_section
->vma
);
10761 printf ("Encountered a complex symbol!");
10762 printf (" (input_bfd %s, section %s, reloc %ld\n",
10763 input_bfd
->filename
, o
->name
,
10764 (long) (rel
- internal_relocs
));
10765 printf (" symbol: idx %8.8lx, name %s\n",
10766 r_symndx
, sym_name
);
10767 printf (" reloc : info %8.8lx, addr %8.8lx\n",
10768 (unsigned long) rel
->r_info
,
10769 (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
10771 if (!eval_symbol (&val
, &sym_name
, input_bfd
, flinfo
, dot
,
10772 isymbuf
, locsymcount
, s_type
== STT_SRELC
))
10775 /* Symbol evaluated OK. Update to absolute value. */
10776 set_symbol_value (input_bfd
, isymbuf
, locsymcount
,
10781 if (action_discarded
!= -1 && ps
!= NULL
)
10783 /* Complain if the definition comes from a
10784 discarded section. */
10785 if ((sec
= *ps
) != NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
10787 BFD_ASSERT (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
);
10788 if (action_discarded
& COMPLAIN
)
10789 (*flinfo
->info
->callbacks
->einfo
)
10790 /* xgettext:c-format */
10791 (_("%X`%s' referenced in section `%pA' of %pB: "
10792 "defined in discarded section `%pA' of %pB\n"),
10793 sym_name
, o
, input_bfd
, sec
, sec
->owner
);
10795 /* Try to do the best we can to support buggy old
10796 versions of gcc. Pretend that the symbol is
10797 really defined in the kept linkonce section.
10798 FIXME: This is quite broken. Modifying the
10799 symbol here means we will be changing all later
10800 uses of the symbol, not just in this section. */
10801 if (action_discarded
& PRETEND
)
10805 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (sec
,
10817 /* Relocate the section by invoking a back end routine.
10819 The back end routine is responsible for adjusting the
10820 section contents as necessary, and (if using Rela relocs
10821 and generating a relocatable output file) adjusting the
10822 reloc addend as necessary.
10824 The back end routine does not have to worry about setting
10825 the reloc address or the reloc symbol index.
10827 The back end routine is given a pointer to the swapped in
10828 internal symbols, and can access the hash table entries
10829 for the external symbols via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
10831 When generating relocatable output, the back end routine
10832 must handle STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The
10833 output symbol is going to be a section symbol
10834 corresponding to the output section, which will require
10835 the addend to be adjusted. */
10837 ret
= (*relocate_section
) (output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
,
10838 input_bfd
, o
, contents
,
10846 || bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
)
10847 || flinfo
->info
->emitrelocations
)
10849 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
10850 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelaend
, *irelamid
;
10851 bfd_vma last_offset
;
10852 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
;
10853 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash_list
, **rela_hash_list
;
10854 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*input_rel_hdr
, *input_rela_hdr
;
10855 unsigned int next_erel
;
10856 bfd_boolean rela_normal
;
10857 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdi
, *esdo
;
10859 esdi
= elf_section_data (o
);
10860 esdo
= elf_section_data (o
->output_section
);
10861 rela_normal
= FALSE
;
10863 /* Adjust the reloc addresses and symbol indices. */
10865 irela
= internal_relocs
;
10866 irelaend
= irela
+ o
->reloc_count
;
10867 rel_hash
= esdo
->rel
.hashes
+ esdo
->rel
.count
;
10868 /* We start processing the REL relocs, if any. When we reach
10869 IRELAMID in the loop, we switch to the RELA relocs. */
10871 if (esdi
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
)
10872 irelamid
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdi
->rel
.hdr
)
10873 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
10874 rel_hash_list
= rel_hash
;
10875 rela_hash_list
= NULL
;
10876 last_offset
= o
->output_offset
;
10877 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10878 last_offset
+= o
->output_section
->vma
;
10879 for (next_erel
= 0; irela
< irelaend
; irela
++, next_erel
++)
10881 unsigned long r_symndx
;
10883 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
10885 if (next_erel
== bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
10891 if (irela
== irelamid
)
10893 rel_hash
= esdo
->rela
.hashes
+ esdo
->rela
.count
;
10894 rela_hash_list
= rel_hash
;
10895 rela_normal
= bed
->rela_normal
;
10898 irela
->r_offset
= _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
,
10901 if (irela
->r_offset
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
10903 /* This is a reloc for a deleted entry or somesuch.
10904 Turn it into an R_*_NONE reloc, at the same
10905 offset as the last reloc. elf_eh_frame.c and
10906 bfd_elf_discard_info rely on reloc offsets
10908 irela
->r_offset
= last_offset
;
10910 irela
->r_addend
= 0;
10914 irela
->r_offset
+= o
->output_offset
;
10916 /* Relocs in an executable have to be virtual addresses. */
10917 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10918 irela
->r_offset
+= o
->output_section
->vma
;
10920 last_offset
= irela
->r_offset
;
10922 r_symndx
= irela
->r_info
>> r_sym_shift
;
10923 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
10926 if (r_symndx
>= locsymcount
10927 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
10928 && flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
] == NULL
))
10930 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*rh
;
10931 unsigned long indx
;
10933 /* This is a reloc against a global symbol. We
10934 have not yet output all the local symbols, so
10935 we do not know the symbol index of any global
10936 symbol. We set the rel_hash entry for this
10937 reloc to point to the global hash table entry
10938 for this symbol. The symbol index is then
10939 set at the end of bfd_elf_final_link. */
10940 indx
= r_symndx
- extsymoff
;
10941 rh
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
)[indx
];
10942 while (rh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
10943 || rh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
10944 rh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) rh
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
10946 /* Setting the index to -2 tells
10947 elf_link_output_extsym that this symbol is
10948 used by a reloc. */
10949 BFD_ASSERT (rh
->indx
< 0);
10956 /* This is a reloc against a local symbol. */
10959 sym
= isymbuf
[r_symndx
];
10960 sec
= flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
];
10961 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
10963 /* I suppose the backend ought to fill in the
10964 section of any STT_SECTION symbol against a
10965 processor specific section. */
10966 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
10967 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
10969 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
10971 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10976 asection
*osec
= sec
->output_section
;
10978 /* If we have discarded a section, the output
10979 section will be the absolute section. In
10980 case of discarded SEC_MERGE sections, use
10981 the kept section. relocate_section should
10982 have already handled discarded linkonce
10984 if (bfd_is_abs_section (osec
)
10985 && sec
->kept_section
!= NULL
10986 && sec
->kept_section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
10988 osec
= sec
->kept_section
->output_section
;
10989 irela
->r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
10992 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (osec
))
10994 r_symndx
= osec
->target_index
;
10995 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
10997 irela
->r_addend
+= osec
->vma
;
10998 osec
= _bfd_nearby_section (output_bfd
, osec
,
11000 irela
->r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
11001 r_symndx
= osec
->target_index
;
11006 /* Adjust the addend according to where the
11007 section winds up in the output section. */
11009 irela
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_offset
;
11013 if (flinfo
->indices
[r_symndx
] == -1)
11015 unsigned long shlink
;
11020 if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
11022 /* You can't do ld -r -s. */
11023 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
11027 /* This symbol was skipped earlier, but
11028 since it is needed by a reloc, we
11029 must output it now. */
11030 shlink
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
11031 name
= (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
11032 (input_bfd
, shlink
, sym
.st_name
));
11036 osec
= sec
->output_section
;
11038 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
11040 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
11043 sym
.st_value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
11044 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
11046 sym
.st_value
+= osec
->vma
;
11047 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
)
11049 /* STT_TLS symbols are relative to PT_TLS
11051 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)
11052 ->tls_sec
!= NULL
);
11053 sym
.st_value
-= (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)
11058 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
11059 ret
= elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
, name
,
11065 flinfo
->indices
[r_symndx
] = indx
;
11070 r_symndx
= flinfo
->indices
[r_symndx
];
11073 irela
->r_info
= ((bfd_vma
) r_symndx
<< r_sym_shift
11074 | (irela
->r_info
& r_type_mask
));
11077 /* Swap out the relocs. */
11078 input_rel_hdr
= esdi
->rel
.hdr
;
11079 if (input_rel_hdr
&& input_rel_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
11081 if (!bed
->elf_backend_emit_relocs (output_bfd
, o
,
11086 internal_relocs
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
)
11087 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
11088 rel_hash_list
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
);
11091 input_rela_hdr
= esdi
->rela
.hdr
;
11092 if (input_rela_hdr
&& input_rela_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
11094 if (!bed
->elf_backend_emit_relocs (output_bfd
, o
,
11103 /* Write out the modified section contents. */
11104 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_section
11105 && (*bed
->elf_backend_write_section
) (output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
, o
,
11108 /* Section written out. */
11110 else switch (o
->sec_info_type
)
11112 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
11113 if (! (_bfd_write_section_stabs
11115 &elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->stab_info
,
11116 o
, &elf_section_data (o
)->sec_info
, contents
)))
11119 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
:
11120 if (! _bfd_write_merged_section (output_bfd
, o
,
11121 elf_section_data (o
)->sec_info
))
11124 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
11126 if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
,
11131 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME_ENTRY
:
11133 if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame_entry (output_bfd
,
11141 if (! (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
))
11143 file_ptr offset
= (file_ptr
) o
->output_offset
;
11144 bfd_size_type todo
= o
->size
;
11146 offset
*= bfd_octets_per_byte (output_bfd
);
11148 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
))
11150 /* Reverse-copy input section to output. */
11153 todo
-= address_size
;
11154 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
,
11162 offset
+= address_size
;
11166 else if (! bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
,
11180 /* Generate a reloc when linking an ELF file. This is a reloc
11181 requested by the linker, and does not come from any input file. This
11182 is used to build constructor and destructor tables when linking
11186 elf_reloc_link_order (bfd
*output_bfd
,
11187 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11188 asection
*output_section
,
11189 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
)
11191 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
11195 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
;
11196 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash_ptr
;
11197 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
11198 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
11199 Elf_Internal_Rela irel
[MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
];
11202 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (output_section
);
11204 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (output_bfd
, link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->reloc
);
11207 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11211 addend
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->addend
;
11214 reldata
= &esdo
->rel
;
11215 else if (esdo
->rela
.hdr
)
11216 reldata
= &esdo
->rela
;
11223 /* Figure out the symbol index. */
11224 rel_hash_ptr
= reldata
->hashes
+ reldata
->count
;
11225 if (link_order
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
)
11227 indx
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.section
->target_index
;
11228 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= 0);
11229 *rel_hash_ptr
= NULL
;
11233 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11235 /* Treat a reloc against a defined symbol as though it were
11236 actually against the section. */
11237 h
= ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
11238 bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup (output_bfd
, info
,
11239 link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
,
11240 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
));
11242 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
11243 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
11247 section
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
11248 indx
= section
->output_section
->target_index
;
11249 *rel_hash_ptr
= NULL
;
11250 /* It seems that we ought to add the symbol value to the
11251 addend here, but in practice it has already been added
11252 because it was passed to constructor_callback. */
11253 addend
+= section
->output_section
->vma
+ section
->output_offset
;
11255 else if (h
!= NULL
)
11257 /* Setting the index to -2 tells elf_link_output_extsym that
11258 this symbol is used by a reloc. */
11265 (*info
->callbacks
->unattached_reloc
)
11266 (info
, link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
11271 /* If this is an inplace reloc, we must write the addend into the
11273 if (howto
->partial_inplace
&& addend
!= 0)
11275 bfd_size_type size
;
11276 bfd_reloc_status_type rstat
;
11279 const char *sym_name
;
11281 size
= (bfd_size_type
) bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
);
11282 buf
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zmalloc (size
);
11283 if (buf
== NULL
&& size
!= 0)
11285 rstat
= _bfd_relocate_contents (howto
, output_bfd
, addend
, buf
);
11292 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
11295 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
11296 if (link_order
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
)
11297 sym_name
= bfd_section_name (output_bfd
,
11298 link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.section
);
11300 sym_name
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
;
11301 (*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
) (info
, NULL
, sym_name
,
11302 howto
->name
, addend
, NULL
, NULL
,
11307 ok
= bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, output_section
, buf
,
11309 * bfd_octets_per_byte (output_bfd
),
11316 /* The address of a reloc is relative to the section in a
11317 relocatable file, and is a virtual address in an executable
11319 offset
= link_order
->offset
;
11320 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
11321 offset
+= output_section
->vma
;
11323 for (i
= 0; i
< bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
; i
++)
11325 irel
[i
].r_offset
= offset
;
11326 irel
[i
].r_info
= 0;
11327 irel
[i
].r_addend
= 0;
11329 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
11330 irel
[0].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, howto
->type
);
11332 irel
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, howto
->type
);
11334 rel_hdr
= reldata
->hdr
;
11335 erel
= rel_hdr
->contents
;
11336 if (rel_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
11338 erel
+= reldata
->count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
11339 (*bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
) (output_bfd
, irel
, erel
);
11343 irel
[0].r_addend
= addend
;
11344 erel
+= reldata
->count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
11345 (*bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
) (output_bfd
, irel
, erel
);
11354 /* Get the output vma of the section pointed to by the sh_link field. */
11357 elf_get_linked_section_vma (struct bfd_link_order
*p
)
11359 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**elf_shdrp
;
11363 s
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
11364 elf_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (s
->owner
);
11365 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (s
->owner
, s
);
11366 elfsec
= elf_shdrp
[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
11368 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
11369 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
11370 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
11371 where elfsec is 0. */
11374 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
11375 = get_elf_backend_data (s
->owner
);
11376 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
11377 bed
->link_order_error_handler
11378 /* xgettext:c-format */
11379 (_("%pB: warning: sh_link not set for section `%pA'"), s
->owner
, s
);
11384 s
= elf_shdrp
[elfsec
]->bfd_section
;
11385 return s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
11390 /* Compare two sections based on the locations of the sections they are
11391 linked to. Used by elf_fixup_link_order. */
11394 compare_link_order (const void * a
, const void * b
)
11399 apos
= elf_get_linked_section_vma (*(struct bfd_link_order
**)a
);
11400 bpos
= elf_get_linked_section_vma (*(struct bfd_link_order
**)b
);
11403 return apos
> bpos
;
11407 /* Looks for sections with SHF_LINK_ORDER set. Rearranges them into the same
11408 order as their linked sections. Returns false if this could not be done
11409 because an output section includes both ordered and unordered
11410 sections. Ideally we'd do this in the linker proper. */
11413 elf_fixup_link_order (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*o
)
11415 int seen_linkorder
;
11418 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
11420 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11422 struct bfd_link_order
**sections
;
11423 asection
*s
, *other_sec
, *linkorder_sec
;
11427 linkorder_sec
= NULL
;
11429 seen_linkorder
= 0;
11430 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11432 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
11434 s
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
11436 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
11437 && elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == bed
->s
->elfclass
11438 && (elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (sub
, s
))
11439 && elfsec
< elf_numsections (sub
)
11440 && elf_elfsections (sub
)[elfsec
]->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
11441 && elf_elfsections (sub
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
< elf_numsections (sub
))
11455 if (seen_other
&& seen_linkorder
)
11457 if (other_sec
&& linkorder_sec
)
11459 /* xgettext:c-format */
11460 (_("%pA has both ordered [`%pA' in %pB] "
11461 "and unordered [`%pA' in %pB] sections"),
11462 o
, linkorder_sec
, linkorder_sec
->owner
,
11463 other_sec
, other_sec
->owner
);
11466 (_("%pA has both ordered and unordered sections"), o
);
11467 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11472 if (!seen_linkorder
)
11475 sections
= (struct bfd_link_order
**)
11476 bfd_malloc (seen_linkorder
* sizeof (struct bfd_link_order
*));
11477 if (sections
== NULL
)
11479 seen_linkorder
= 0;
11481 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11483 sections
[seen_linkorder
++] = p
;
11485 /* Sort the input sections in the order of their linked section. */
11486 qsort (sections
, seen_linkorder
, sizeof (struct bfd_link_order
*),
11487 compare_link_order
);
11489 /* Change the offsets of the sections. */
11491 for (n
= 0; n
< seen_linkorder
; n
++)
11493 s
= sections
[n
]->u
.indirect
.section
;
11494 offset
&= ~(bfd_vma
) 0 << s
->alignment_power
;
11495 s
->output_offset
= offset
/ bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
);
11496 sections
[n
]->offset
= offset
;
11497 offset
+= sections
[n
]->size
;
11504 /* Generate an import library in INFO->implib_bfd from symbols in ABFD.
11505 Returns TRUE upon success, FALSE otherwise. */
11508 elf_output_implib (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11510 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
11512 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
11514 enum bfd_architecture arch
;
11516 asymbol
**sympp
= NULL
;
11520 elf_symbol_type
*osymbuf
;
11522 implib_bfd
= info
->out_implib_bfd
;
11523 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11525 if (!bfd_set_format (implib_bfd
, bfd_object
))
11528 /* Use flag from executable but make it a relocatable object. */
11529 flags
= bfd_get_file_flags (abfd
);
11530 flags
&= ~HAS_RELOC
;
11531 if (!bfd_set_start_address (implib_bfd
, 0)
11532 || !bfd_set_file_flags (implib_bfd
, flags
& ~EXEC_P
))
11535 /* Copy architecture of output file to import library file. */
11536 arch
= bfd_get_arch (abfd
);
11537 mach
= bfd_get_mach (abfd
);
11538 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (implib_bfd
, arch
, mach
)
11539 && (abfd
->target_defaulted
11540 || bfd_get_arch (abfd
) != bfd_get_arch (implib_bfd
)))
11543 /* Get symbol table size. */
11544 symsize
= bfd_get_symtab_upper_bound (abfd
);
11548 /* Read in the symbol table. */
11549 sympp
= (asymbol
**) xmalloc (symsize
);
11550 symcount
= bfd_canonicalize_symtab (abfd
, sympp
);
11554 /* Allow the BFD backend to copy any private header data it
11555 understands from the output BFD to the import library BFD. */
11556 if (! bfd_copy_private_header_data (abfd
, implib_bfd
))
11559 /* Filter symbols to appear in the import library. */
11560 if (bed
->elf_backend_filter_implib_symbols
)
11561 symcount
= bed
->elf_backend_filter_implib_symbols (abfd
, info
, sympp
,
11564 symcount
= _bfd_elf_filter_global_symbols (abfd
, info
, sympp
, symcount
);
11567 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols
);
11568 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: no symbol found for import library"),
11574 /* Make symbols absolute. */
11575 osymbuf
= (elf_symbol_type
*) bfd_alloc2 (implib_bfd
, symcount
,
11576 sizeof (*osymbuf
));
11577 for (src_count
= 0; src_count
< symcount
; src_count
++)
11579 memcpy (&osymbuf
[src_count
], (elf_symbol_type
*) sympp
[src_count
],
11580 sizeof (*osymbuf
));
11581 osymbuf
[src_count
].symbol
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
11582 osymbuf
[src_count
].internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
11583 osymbuf
[src_count
].symbol
.value
+= sympp
[src_count
]->section
->vma
;
11584 osymbuf
[src_count
].internal_elf_sym
.st_value
=
11585 osymbuf
[src_count
].symbol
.value
;
11586 sympp
[src_count
] = &osymbuf
[src_count
].symbol
;
11589 bfd_set_symtab (implib_bfd
, sympp
, symcount
);
11591 /* Allow the BFD backend to copy any private data it understands
11592 from the output BFD to the import library BFD. This is done last
11593 to permit the routine to look at the filtered symbol table. */
11594 if (! bfd_copy_private_bfd_data (abfd
, implib_bfd
))
11597 if (!bfd_close (implib_bfd
))
11608 elf_final_link_free (bfd
*obfd
, struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
)
11612 if (flinfo
->symstrtab
!= NULL
)
11613 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (flinfo
->symstrtab
);
11614 if (flinfo
->contents
!= NULL
)
11615 free (flinfo
->contents
);
11616 if (flinfo
->external_relocs
!= NULL
)
11617 free (flinfo
->external_relocs
);
11618 if (flinfo
->internal_relocs
!= NULL
)
11619 free (flinfo
->internal_relocs
);
11620 if (flinfo
->external_syms
!= NULL
)
11621 free (flinfo
->external_syms
);
11622 if (flinfo
->locsym_shndx
!= NULL
)
11623 free (flinfo
->locsym_shndx
);
11624 if (flinfo
->internal_syms
!= NULL
)
11625 free (flinfo
->internal_syms
);
11626 if (flinfo
->indices
!= NULL
)
11627 free (flinfo
->indices
);
11628 if (flinfo
->sections
!= NULL
)
11629 free (flinfo
->sections
);
11630 if (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
!= NULL
)
11631 free (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
);
11632 for (o
= obfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11634 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
11635 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0 && esdo
->rel
.hashes
!= NULL
)
11636 free (esdo
->rel
.hashes
);
11637 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0 && esdo
->rela
.hashes
!= NULL
)
11638 free (esdo
->rela
.hashes
);
11642 /* Do the final step of an ELF link. */
11645 bfd_elf_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11647 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
11648 bfd_boolean emit_relocs
;
11650 struct elf_final_link_info flinfo
;
11652 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
11654 bfd_size_type max_contents_size
;
11655 bfd_size_type max_external_reloc_size
;
11656 bfd_size_type max_internal_reloc_count
;
11657 bfd_size_type max_sym_count
;
11658 bfd_size_type max_sym_shndx_count
;
11659 Elf_Internal_Sym elfsym
;
11661 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
11662 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
11663 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11664 struct elf_outext_info eoinfo
;
11665 bfd_boolean merged
;
11666 size_t relativecount
= 0;
11667 asection
*reldyn
= 0;
11669 asection
*attr_section
= NULL
;
11670 bfd_vma attr_size
= 0;
11671 const char *std_attrs_section
;
11672 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
11674 if (!is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
11677 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
11678 abfd
->flags
|= DYNAMIC
;
11680 dynamic
= htab
->dynamic_sections_created
;
11681 dynobj
= htab
->dynobj
;
11683 emit_relocs
= (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
11684 || info
->emitrelocations
);
11686 flinfo
.info
= info
;
11687 flinfo
.output_bfd
= abfd
;
11688 flinfo
.symstrtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
11689 if (flinfo
.symstrtab
== NULL
)
11694 flinfo
.hash_sec
= NULL
;
11695 flinfo
.symver_sec
= NULL
;
11699 flinfo
.hash_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".hash");
11700 /* Note that dynsym_sec can be NULL (on VMS). */
11701 flinfo
.symver_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
11702 /* Note that it is OK if symver_sec is NULL. */
11705 flinfo
.contents
= NULL
;
11706 flinfo
.external_relocs
= NULL
;
11707 flinfo
.internal_relocs
= NULL
;
11708 flinfo
.external_syms
= NULL
;
11709 flinfo
.locsym_shndx
= NULL
;
11710 flinfo
.internal_syms
= NULL
;
11711 flinfo
.indices
= NULL
;
11712 flinfo
.sections
= NULL
;
11713 flinfo
.symshndxbuf
= NULL
;
11714 flinfo
.filesym_count
= 0;
11716 /* The object attributes have been merged. Remove the input
11717 sections from the link, and set the contents of the output
11719 std_attrs_section
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->obj_attrs_section
;
11720 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11722 bfd_boolean remove_section
= FALSE
;
11724 if ((std_attrs_section
&& strcmp (o
->name
, std_attrs_section
) == 0)
11725 || strcmp (o
->name
, ".gnu.attributes") == 0)
11727 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11729 asection
*input_section
;
11731 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
11733 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
11734 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
11735 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
11736 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
11739 attr_size
= bfd_elf_obj_attr_size (abfd
);
11740 bfd_set_section_size (abfd
, o
, attr_size
);
11741 /* Skip this section later on. */
11742 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
11746 remove_section
= TRUE
;
11748 else if ((o
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0 && o
->size
== 0)
11750 /* Remove empty group section from linker output. */
11751 remove_section
= TRUE
;
11753 if (remove_section
)
11755 o
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
11756 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, o
);
11757 abfd
->section_count
--;
11761 /* Count up the number of relocations we will output for each output
11762 section, so that we know the sizes of the reloc sections. We
11763 also figure out some maximum sizes. */
11764 max_contents_size
= 0;
11765 max_external_reloc_size
= 0;
11766 max_internal_reloc_count
= 0;
11768 max_sym_shndx_count
= 0;
11770 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11772 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
11773 o
->reloc_count
= 0;
11775 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11777 unsigned int reloc_count
= 0;
11778 unsigned int additional_reloc_count
= 0;
11779 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdi
= NULL
;
11781 if (p
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
11782 || p
->type
== bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order
)
11784 else if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
11788 sec
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
11790 /* Mark all sections which are to be included in the
11791 link. This will normally be every section. We need
11792 to do this so that we can identify any sections which
11793 the linker has decided to not include. */
11794 sec
->linker_mark
= TRUE
;
11796 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
11799 if (sec
->rawsize
> max_contents_size
)
11800 max_contents_size
= sec
->rawsize
;
11801 if (sec
->size
> max_contents_size
)
11802 max_contents_size
= sec
->size
;
11804 if (bfd_get_flavour (sec
->owner
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
11805 && (sec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
11809 /* We are interested in just local symbols, not all
11811 if (elf_bad_symtab (sec
->owner
))
11812 sym_count
= (elf_tdata (sec
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_size
11813 / bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
11815 sym_count
= elf_tdata (sec
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_info
;
11817 if (sym_count
> max_sym_count
)
11818 max_sym_count
= sym_count
;
11820 if (sym_count
> max_sym_shndx_count
11821 && elf_symtab_shndx_list (sec
->owner
) != NULL
)
11822 max_sym_shndx_count
= sym_count
;
11824 if (esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
11825 || esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
11826 /* Some backends use reloc_count in relocation sections
11827 to count particular types of relocs. Of course,
11828 reloc sections themselves can't have relocations. */
11830 else if (emit_relocs
)
11832 reloc_count
= sec
->reloc_count
;
11833 if (bed
->elf_backend_count_additional_relocs
)
11836 c
= (*bed
->elf_backend_count_additional_relocs
) (sec
);
11837 additional_reloc_count
+= c
;
11840 else if (bed
->elf_backend_count_relocs
)
11841 reloc_count
= (*bed
->elf_backend_count_relocs
) (info
, sec
);
11843 esdi
= elf_section_data (sec
);
11845 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
11847 size_t ext_size
= 0;
11849 if (esdi
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
)
11850 ext_size
= esdi
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
;
11851 if (esdi
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
)
11852 ext_size
+= esdi
->rela
.hdr
->sh_size
;
11854 if (ext_size
> max_external_reloc_size
)
11855 max_external_reloc_size
= ext_size
;
11856 if (sec
->reloc_count
> max_internal_reloc_count
)
11857 max_internal_reloc_count
= sec
->reloc_count
;
11862 if (reloc_count
== 0)
11865 reloc_count
+= additional_reloc_count
;
11866 o
->reloc_count
+= reloc_count
;
11868 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
&& emit_relocs
)
11872 esdo
->rel
.count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdi
->rel
.hdr
);
11873 esdo
->rel
.count
+= additional_reloc_count
;
11875 if (esdi
->rela
.hdr
)
11877 esdo
->rela
.count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdi
->rela
.hdr
);
11878 esdo
->rela
.count
+= additional_reloc_count
;
11884 esdo
->rela
.count
+= reloc_count
;
11886 esdo
->rel
.count
+= reloc_count
;
11890 if (o
->reloc_count
> 0)
11891 o
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
11894 /* Explicitly clear the SEC_RELOC flag. The linker tends to
11895 set it (this is probably a bug) and if it is set
11896 assign_section_numbers will create a reloc section. */
11897 o
->flags
&=~ SEC_RELOC
;
11900 /* If the SEC_ALLOC flag is not set, force the section VMA to
11901 zero. This is done in elf_fake_sections as well, but forcing
11902 the VMA to 0 here will ensure that relocs against these
11903 sections are handled correctly. */
11904 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
11905 && ! o
->user_set_vma
)
11909 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
) && merged
)
11910 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, _bfd_elf_link_sec_merge_syms
, abfd
);
11912 /* Figure out the file positions for everything but the symbol table
11913 and the relocs. We set symcount to force assign_section_numbers
11914 to create a symbol table. */
11915 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = info
->strip
!= strip_all
|| emit_relocs
;
11916 BFD_ASSERT (! abfd
->output_has_begun
);
11917 if (! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, info
))
11920 /* Set sizes, and assign file positions for reloc sections. */
11921 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11923 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
11924 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
11927 && !(_bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section (abfd
, &esdo
->rel
)))
11931 && !(_bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section (abfd
, &esdo
->rela
)))
11935 /* Now, reset REL_COUNT and REL_COUNT2 so that we can use them
11936 to count upwards while actually outputting the relocations. */
11937 esdo
->rel
.count
= 0;
11938 esdo
->rela
.count
= 0;
11940 if (esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_offset
== (file_ptr
) -1)
11942 /* Cache the section contents so that they can be compressed
11943 later. Use bfd_malloc since it will be freed by
11944 bfd_compress_section_contents. */
11945 unsigned char *contents
= esdo
->this_hdr
.contents
;
11946 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
) == 0 || contents
!= NULL
)
11949 = (unsigned char *) bfd_malloc (esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_size
);
11950 if (contents
== NULL
)
11952 esdo
->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
11956 /* We have now assigned file positions for all the sections except
11957 .symtab, .strtab, and non-loaded reloc sections. We start the
11958 .symtab section at the current file position, and write directly
11959 to it. We build the .strtab section in memory. */
11960 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = 0;
11961 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
11962 /* sh_name is set in prep_headers. */
11963 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
11964 /* sh_flags, sh_addr and sh_size all start off zero. */
11965 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
11966 /* sh_link is set in assign_section_numbers. */
11967 /* sh_info is set below. */
11968 /* sh_offset is set just below. */
11969 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
11971 if (max_sym_count
< 20)
11972 max_sym_count
= 20;
11973 htab
->strtabsize
= max_sym_count
;
11974 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (struct elf_sym_strtab
);
11975 htab
->strtab
= (struct elf_sym_strtab
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
11976 if (htab
->strtab
== NULL
)
11978 /* The real buffer will be allocated in elf_link_swap_symbols_out. */
11980 = (elf_numsections (abfd
) > (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xFFFF)
11981 ? (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) -1 : NULL
);
11983 if (info
->strip
!= strip_all
|| emit_relocs
)
11985 file_ptr off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
11987 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symtab_hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
11989 /* Note that at this point elf_next_file_pos (abfd) is
11990 incorrect. We do not yet know the size of the .symtab section.
11991 We correct next_file_pos below, after we do know the size. */
11993 /* Start writing out the symbol table. The first symbol is always a
11995 elfsym
.st_value
= 0;
11996 elfsym
.st_size
= 0;
11997 elfsym
.st_info
= 0;
11998 elfsym
.st_other
= 0;
11999 elfsym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
12000 elfsym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
12001 if (elf_link_output_symstrtab (&flinfo
, NULL
, &elfsym
,
12002 bfd_und_section_ptr
, NULL
) != 1)
12005 /* Output a symbol for each section. We output these even if we are
12006 discarding local symbols, since they are used for relocs. These
12007 symbols have no names. We store the index of each one in the
12008 index field of the section, so that we can find it again when
12009 outputting relocs. */
12011 elfsym
.st_size
= 0;
12012 elfsym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
12013 elfsym
.st_other
= 0;
12014 elfsym
.st_value
= 0;
12015 elfsym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
12016 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (abfd
); i
++)
12018 o
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, i
);
12021 o
->target_index
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
12022 elfsym
.st_shndx
= i
;
12023 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
12024 elfsym
.st_value
= o
->vma
;
12025 if (elf_link_output_symstrtab (&flinfo
, NULL
, &elfsym
, o
,
12032 /* Allocate some memory to hold information read in from the input
12034 if (max_contents_size
!= 0)
12036 flinfo
.contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (max_contents_size
);
12037 if (flinfo
.contents
== NULL
)
12041 if (max_external_reloc_size
!= 0)
12043 flinfo
.external_relocs
= bfd_malloc (max_external_reloc_size
);
12044 if (flinfo
.external_relocs
== NULL
)
12048 if (max_internal_reloc_count
!= 0)
12050 amt
= max_internal_reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
);
12051 flinfo
.internal_relocs
= (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
12052 if (flinfo
.internal_relocs
== NULL
)
12056 if (max_sym_count
!= 0)
12058 amt
= max_sym_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
12059 flinfo
.external_syms
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
12060 if (flinfo
.external_syms
== NULL
)
12063 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
);
12064 flinfo
.internal_syms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
12065 if (flinfo
.internal_syms
== NULL
)
12068 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (long);
12069 flinfo
.indices
= (long int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
12070 if (flinfo
.indices
== NULL
)
12073 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
12074 flinfo
.sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
12075 if (flinfo
.sections
== NULL
)
12079 if (max_sym_shndx_count
!= 0)
12081 amt
= max_sym_shndx_count
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
12082 flinfo
.locsym_shndx
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
12083 if (flinfo
.locsym_shndx
== NULL
)
12089 bfd_vma base
, end
= 0;
12092 for (sec
= htab
->tls_sec
;
12093 sec
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
);
12096 bfd_size_type size
= sec
->size
;
12099 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
12101 struct bfd_link_order
*ord
= sec
->map_tail
.link_order
;
12104 size
= ord
->offset
+ ord
->size
;
12106 end
= sec
->vma
+ size
;
12108 base
= htab
->tls_sec
->vma
;
12109 /* Only align end of TLS section if static TLS doesn't have special
12110 alignment requirements. */
12111 if (bed
->static_tls_alignment
== 1)
12112 end
= align_power (end
, htab
->tls_sec
->alignment_power
);
12113 htab
->tls_size
= end
- base
;
12116 /* Reorder SHF_LINK_ORDER sections. */
12117 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12119 if (!elf_fixup_link_order (abfd
, o
))
12123 if (!_bfd_elf_fixup_eh_frame_hdr (info
))
12126 /* Since ELF permits relocations to be against local symbols, we
12127 must have the local symbols available when we do the relocations.
12128 Since we would rather only read the local symbols once, and we
12129 would rather not keep them in memory, we handle all the
12130 relocations for a single input file at the same time.
12132 Unfortunately, there is no way to know the total number of local
12133 symbols until we have seen all of them, and the local symbol
12134 indices precede the global symbol indices. This means that when
12135 we are generating relocatable output, and we see a reloc against
12136 a global symbol, we can not know the symbol index until we have
12137 finished examining all the local symbols to see which ones we are
12138 going to output. To deal with this, we keep the relocations in
12139 memory, and don't output them until the end of the link. This is
12140 an unfortunate waste of memory, but I don't see a good way around
12141 it. Fortunately, it only happens when performing a relocatable
12142 link, which is not the common case. FIXME: If keep_memory is set
12143 we could write the relocs out and then read them again; I don't
12144 know how bad the memory loss will be. */
12146 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
12147 sub
->output_has_begun
= FALSE
;
12148 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12150 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
12152 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
12153 && (bfd_get_flavour ((sub
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
))
12154 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12155 && elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == bed
->s
->elfclass
)
12157 if (! sub
->output_has_begun
)
12159 if (! elf_link_input_bfd (&flinfo
, sub
))
12161 sub
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
12164 else if (p
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
12165 || p
->type
== bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order
)
12167 if (! elf_reloc_link_order (abfd
, info
, o
, p
))
12172 if (! _bfd_default_link_order (abfd
, info
, o
, p
))
12174 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
12175 && (bfd_get_flavour (sub
)
12176 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12177 && (elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
12178 != bed
->s
->elfclass
))
12180 const char *iclass
, *oclass
;
12182 switch (bed
->s
->elfclass
)
12184 case ELFCLASS64
: oclass
= "ELFCLASS64"; break;
12185 case ELFCLASS32
: oclass
= "ELFCLASS32"; break;
12186 case ELFCLASSNONE
: oclass
= "ELFCLASSNONE"; break;
12190 switch (elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
])
12192 case ELFCLASS64
: iclass
= "ELFCLASS64"; break;
12193 case ELFCLASS32
: iclass
= "ELFCLASS32"; break;
12194 case ELFCLASSNONE
: iclass
= "ELFCLASSNONE"; break;
12198 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
12200 /* xgettext:c-format */
12201 (_("%pB: file class %s incompatible with %s"),
12202 sub
, iclass
, oclass
);
12211 /* Free symbol buffer if needed. */
12212 if (!info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
12214 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
12215 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
12216 && elf_tdata (sub
)->symbuf
)
12218 free (elf_tdata (sub
)->symbuf
);
12219 elf_tdata (sub
)->symbuf
= NULL
;
12223 /* Output any global symbols that got converted to local in a
12224 version script or due to symbol visibility. We do this in a
12225 separate step since ELF requires all local symbols to appear
12226 prior to any global symbols. FIXME: We should only do this if
12227 some global symbols were, in fact, converted to become local.
12228 FIXME: Will this work correctly with the Irix 5 linker? */
12229 eoinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
12230 eoinfo
.flinfo
= &flinfo
;
12231 eoinfo
.localsyms
= TRUE
;
12232 eoinfo
.file_sym_done
= FALSE
;
12233 bfd_hash_traverse (&info
->hash
->table
, elf_link_output_extsym
, &eoinfo
);
12237 /* If backend needs to output some local symbols not present in the hash
12238 table, do it now. */
12239 if (bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_local_syms
12240 && (info
->strip
!= strip_all
|| emit_relocs
))
12242 typedef int (*out_sym_func
)
12243 (void *, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
12244 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
12246 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_local_syms
)
12247 (abfd
, info
, &flinfo
,
12248 (out_sym_func
) elf_link_output_symstrtab
)))
12252 /* That wrote out all the local symbols. Finish up the symbol table
12253 with the global symbols. Even if we want to strip everything we
12254 can, we still need to deal with those global symbols that got
12255 converted to local in a version script. */
12257 /* The sh_info field records the index of the first non local symbol. */
12258 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
12261 && htab
->dynsym
!= NULL
12262 && htab
->dynsym
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
12264 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
12265 bfd_byte
*dynsym
= htab
->dynsym
->contents
;
12267 o
= htab
->dynsym
->output_section
;
12268 elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= htab
->local_dynsymcount
+ 1;
12270 /* Write out the section symbols for the output sections. */
12271 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
12272 || htab
->is_relocatable_executable
)
12278 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
12280 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
12282 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
12288 dynindx
= elf_section_data (s
)->dynindx
;
12291 indx
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
12292 BFD_ASSERT (indx
> 0);
12293 sym
.st_shndx
= indx
;
12294 if (! check_dynsym (abfd
, &sym
))
12296 sym
.st_value
= s
->vma
;
12297 dest
= dynsym
+ dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
12298 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, dest
, 0);
12302 /* Write out the local dynsyms. */
12303 if (htab
->dynlocal
)
12305 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*e
;
12306 for (e
= htab
->dynlocal
; e
; e
= e
->next
)
12311 /* Copy the internal symbol and turn off visibility.
12312 Note that we saved a word of storage and overwrote
12313 the original st_name with the dynstr_index. */
12315 sym
.st_other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
12317 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (e
->input_bfd
,
12322 elf_section_data (s
->output_section
)->this_idx
;
12323 if (! check_dynsym (abfd
, &sym
))
12325 sym
.st_value
= (s
->output_section
->vma
12327 + e
->isym
.st_value
);
12330 dest
= dynsym
+ e
->dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
12331 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, dest
, 0);
12336 /* We get the global symbols from the hash table. */
12337 eoinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
12338 eoinfo
.localsyms
= FALSE
;
12339 eoinfo
.flinfo
= &flinfo
;
12340 bfd_hash_traverse (&info
->hash
->table
, elf_link_output_extsym
, &eoinfo
);
12344 /* If backend needs to output some symbols not present in the hash
12345 table, do it now. */
12346 if (bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_syms
12347 && (info
->strip
!= strip_all
|| emit_relocs
))
12349 typedef int (*out_sym_func
)
12350 (void *, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
12351 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
12353 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_syms
)
12354 (abfd
, info
, &flinfo
,
12355 (out_sym_func
) elf_link_output_symstrtab
)))
12359 /* Finalize the .strtab section. */
12360 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (flinfo
.symstrtab
);
12362 /* Swap out the .strtab section. */
12363 if (!elf_link_swap_symbols_out (&flinfo
))
12366 /* Now we know the size of the symtab section. */
12367 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
12369 /* Finish up and write out the symbol string table (.strtab)
12371 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
= NULL
;
12372 file_ptr off
= symtab_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_size
;
12374 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
))
12376 symtab_shndx_hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->hdr
;
12378 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
!= NULL
&& symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
12380 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
12381 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
12382 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
12383 amt
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
12384 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
12386 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symtab_shndx_hdr
,
12389 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
12390 || (bfd_bwrite (flinfo
.symshndxbuf
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
))
12395 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
12396 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
12397 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
12398 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= bed
->elf_strtab_flags
;
12399 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
12400 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (flinfo
.symstrtab
);
12401 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
12402 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
12403 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
12404 /* sh_offset is set just below. */
12405 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
12407 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symstrtab_hdr
,
12409 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
12411 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, symstrtab_hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
12412 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, flinfo
.symstrtab
))
12416 if (info
->out_implib_bfd
&& !elf_output_implib (abfd
, info
))
12418 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: failed to generate import library"),
12419 info
->out_implib_bfd
);
12423 /* Adjust the relocs to have the correct symbol indices. */
12424 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12426 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
12429 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0)
12432 sort
= bed
->sort_relocs_p
== NULL
|| (*bed
->sort_relocs_p
) (o
);
12433 if (esdo
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
12434 && !elf_link_adjust_relocs (abfd
, o
, &esdo
->rel
, sort
, info
))
12436 if (esdo
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
12437 && !elf_link_adjust_relocs (abfd
, o
, &esdo
->rela
, sort
, info
))
12440 /* Set the reloc_count field to 0 to prevent write_relocs from
12441 trying to swap the relocs out itself. */
12442 o
->reloc_count
= 0;
12445 if (dynamic
&& info
->combreloc
&& dynobj
!= NULL
)
12446 relativecount
= elf_link_sort_relocs (abfd
, info
, &reldyn
);
12448 /* If we are linking against a dynamic object, or generating a
12449 shared library, finish up the dynamic linking information. */
12452 bfd_byte
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
12454 /* Fix up .dynamic entries. */
12455 o
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
12456 BFD_ASSERT (o
!= NULL
);
12458 dyncon
= o
->contents
;
12459 dynconend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
12460 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
12462 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
12465 bfd_size_type sh_size
;
12468 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
12475 if (relativecount
> 0 && dyncon
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
< dynconend
)
12477 switch (elf_section_data (reldyn
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
12479 case SHT_REL
: dyn
.d_tag
= DT_RELCOUNT
; break;
12480 case SHT_RELA
: dyn
.d_tag
= DT_RELACOUNT
; break;
12483 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= relativecount
;
12490 name
= info
->init_function
;
12493 name
= info
->fini_function
;
12496 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12498 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
12500 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12501 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
12503 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
12504 o
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
12505 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
)
12506 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
+= (o
->output_section
->vma
12507 + o
->output_offset
);
12510 /* The symbol is imported from another shared
12511 library and does not apply to this one. */
12512 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= 0;
12519 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
:
12520 name
= ".preinit_array";
12522 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
:
12523 name
= ".init_array";
12525 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
:
12526 name
= ".fini_array";
12528 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
12532 (_("could not find section %s"), name
);
12537 (_("warning: %s section has zero size"), name
);
12538 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= o
->size
;
12541 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
12542 name
= ".preinit_array";
12544 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
:
12545 name
= ".init_array";
12547 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
:
12548 name
= ".fini_array";
12550 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
12557 name
= ".gnu.hash";
12566 name
= ".gnu.version_d";
12569 name
= ".gnu.version_r";
12572 name
= ".gnu.version";
12574 o
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, name
);
12576 if (o
== NULL
|| bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
12579 (_("could not find section %s"), name
);
12582 if (elf_section_data (o
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
)
12585 (_("warning: section '%s' is being made into a note"), name
);
12586 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
12589 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= o
->output_section
->vma
+ o
->output_offset
;
12596 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_REL
|| dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELSZ
)
12602 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (abfd
); i
++)
12604 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
12606 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
12607 if (hdr
->sh_type
== type
12608 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
12610 sh_size
+= hdr
->sh_size
;
12612 || sh_addr
> hdr
->sh_addr
)
12613 sh_addr
= hdr
->sh_addr
;
12617 if (bed
->dtrel_excludes_plt
&& htab
->srelplt
!= NULL
)
12619 /* Don't count procedure linkage table relocs in the
12620 overall reloc count. */
12621 sh_size
-= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
12623 /* If the size is zero, make the address zero too.
12624 This is to avoid a glibc bug. If the backend
12625 emits DT_RELA/DT_RELASZ even when DT_RELASZ is
12626 zero, then we'll put DT_RELA at the end of
12627 DT_JMPREL. glibc will interpret the end of
12628 DT_RELA matching the end of DT_JMPREL as the
12629 case where DT_RELA includes DT_JMPREL, and for
12630 LD_BIND_NOW will decide that processing DT_RELA
12631 will process the PLT relocs too. Net result:
12632 No PLT relocs applied. */
12635 /* If .rela.plt is the first .rela section, exclude
12636 it from DT_RELA. */
12637 else if (sh_addr
== (htab
->srelplt
->output_section
->vma
12638 + htab
->srelplt
->output_offset
))
12639 sh_addr
+= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
12642 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELSZ
|| dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELASZ
)
12643 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= sh_size
;
12645 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= sh_addr
;
12648 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (dynobj
, &dyn
, dyncon
);
12652 /* If we have created any dynamic sections, then output them. */
12653 if (dynobj
!= NULL
)
12655 if (! (*bed
->elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections
) (abfd
, info
))
12658 /* Check for DT_TEXTREL (late, in case the backend removes it). */
12659 if (((info
->warn_shared_textrel
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
12660 || info
->error_textrel
)
12661 && (o
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic")) != NULL
)
12663 bfd_byte
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
12665 dyncon
= o
->contents
;
12666 dynconend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
12667 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
12669 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
12671 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
12673 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_TEXTREL
)
12675 if (info
->error_textrel
)
12676 info
->callbacks
->einfo
12677 (_("%P%X: read-only segment has dynamic relocations\n"));
12679 info
->callbacks
->einfo
12680 (_("%P: warning: creating a DT_TEXTREL in a shared object\n"));
12686 for (o
= dynobj
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12688 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0
12690 || o
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
12692 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
12694 /* At this point, we are only interested in sections
12695 created by _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections. */
12698 if (htab
->stab_info
.stabstr
== o
)
12700 if (htab
->eh_info
.hdr_sec
== o
)
12702 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".dynstr") != 0)
12704 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, o
->output_section
,
12706 (file_ptr
) o
->output_offset
12707 * bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
),
12713 /* The contents of the .dynstr section are actually in a
12717 off
= elf_section_data (o
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_offset
;
12718 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, off
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
12719 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, htab
->dynstr
))
12725 if (!info
->resolve_section_groups
)
12727 bfd_boolean failed
= FALSE
;
12729 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_link_relocatable (info
));
12730 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
12735 /* If we have optimized stabs strings, output them. */
12736 if (htab
->stab_info
.stabstr
!= NULL
)
12738 if (!_bfd_write_stab_strings (abfd
, &htab
->stab_info
))
12742 if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
, info
))
12745 elf_final_link_free (abfd
, &flinfo
);
12747 elf_linker (abfd
) = TRUE
;
12751 bfd_byte
*contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (attr_size
);
12752 if (contents
== NULL
)
12753 return FALSE
; /* Bail out and fail. */
12754 bfd_elf_set_obj_attr_contents (abfd
, contents
, attr_size
);
12755 bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, attr_section
, contents
, 0, attr_size
);
12762 elf_final_link_free (abfd
, &flinfo
);
12766 /* Initialize COOKIE for input bfd ABFD. */
12769 init_reloc_cookie (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12770 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
)
12772 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12773 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
12775 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12776 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
12778 cookie
->abfd
= abfd
;
12779 cookie
->sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
12780 cookie
->bad_symtab
= elf_bad_symtab (abfd
);
12781 if (cookie
->bad_symtab
)
12783 cookie
->locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
12784 cookie
->extsymoff
= 0;
12788 cookie
->locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
12789 cookie
->extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
12792 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
12793 cookie
->r_sym_shift
= 8;
12795 cookie
->r_sym_shift
= 32;
12797 cookie
->locsyms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
12798 if (cookie
->locsyms
== NULL
&& cookie
->locsymcount
!= 0)
12800 cookie
->locsyms
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
12801 cookie
->locsymcount
, 0,
12803 if (cookie
->locsyms
== NULL
)
12805 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%P%X: can not read symbols: %E\n"));
12808 if (info
->keep_memory
)
12809 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) cookie
->locsyms
;
12814 /* Free the memory allocated by init_reloc_cookie, if appropriate. */
12817 fini_reloc_cookie (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
, bfd
*abfd
)
12819 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12821 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
12822 if (cookie
->locsyms
!= NULL
12823 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) cookie
->locsyms
)
12824 free (cookie
->locsyms
);
12827 /* Initialize the relocation information in COOKIE for input section SEC
12828 of input bfd ABFD. */
12831 init_reloc_cookie_rels (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12832 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
12835 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0)
12837 cookie
->rels
= NULL
;
12838 cookie
->relend
= NULL
;
12842 cookie
->rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
12843 info
->keep_memory
);
12844 if (cookie
->rels
== NULL
)
12846 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
12847 cookie
->relend
= cookie
->rels
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
12849 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
12853 /* Free the memory allocated by init_reloc_cookie_rels,
12857 fini_reloc_cookie_rels (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12860 if (cookie
->rels
&& elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= cookie
->rels
)
12861 free (cookie
->rels
);
12864 /* Initialize the whole of COOKIE for input section SEC. */
12867 init_reloc_cookie_for_section (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12868 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12871 if (!init_reloc_cookie (cookie
, info
, sec
->owner
))
12873 if (!init_reloc_cookie_rels (cookie
, info
, sec
->owner
, sec
))
12878 fini_reloc_cookie (cookie
, sec
->owner
);
12883 /* Free the memory allocated by init_reloc_cookie_for_section,
12887 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12890 fini_reloc_cookie_rels (cookie
, sec
);
12891 fini_reloc_cookie (cookie
, sec
->owner
);
12894 /* Garbage collect unused sections. */
12896 /* Default gc_mark_hook. */
12899 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
12900 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12901 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12902 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
12903 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
12907 switch (h
->root
.type
)
12909 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
12910 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
12911 return h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
12913 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
12914 return h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
12921 return bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
, sym
->st_shndx
);
12926 /* Return the debug definition section. */
12929 elf_gc_mark_debug_section (asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12930 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12931 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12932 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
12933 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
12937 /* Return the global debug definition section. */
12938 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12939 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
12940 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
12941 return h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
12945 /* Return the local debug definition section. */
12946 asection
*isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
,
12948 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
12955 /* COOKIE->rel describes a relocation against section SEC, which is
12956 a section we've decided to keep. Return the section that contains
12957 the relocation symbol, or NULL if no section contains it. */
12960 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_rsec (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*sec
,
12961 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
,
12962 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12963 bfd_boolean
*start_stop
)
12965 unsigned long r_symndx
;
12966 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12968 r_symndx
= cookie
->rel
->r_info
>> cookie
->r_sym_shift
;
12969 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
12972 if (r_symndx
>= cookie
->locsymcount
12973 || ELF_ST_BIND (cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
].st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
12975 h
= cookie
->sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- cookie
->extsymoff
];
12978 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: corrupt input: %pB\n"),
12982 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
12983 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
12984 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
12986 /* If this symbol is weak and there is a non-weak definition, we
12987 keep the non-weak definition because many backends put
12988 dynamic reloc info on the non-weak definition for code
12989 handling copy relocs. */
12990 if (h
->is_weakalias
)
12991 weakdef (h
)->mark
= 1;
12993 if (start_stop
!= NULL
)
12995 /* To work around a glibc bug, mark XXX input sections
12996 when there is a reference to __start_XXX or __stop_XXX
13000 asection
*s
= h
->u2
.start_stop_section
;
13001 *start_stop
= !s
->gc_mark
;
13006 return (*gc_mark_hook
) (sec
, info
, cookie
->rel
, h
, NULL
);
13009 return (*gc_mark_hook
) (sec
, info
, cookie
->rel
, NULL
,
13010 &cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
]);
13013 /* COOKIE->rel describes a relocation against section SEC, which is
13014 a section we've decided to keep. Mark the section that contains
13015 the relocation symbol. */
13018 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_reloc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
13020 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
,
13021 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
)
13024 bfd_boolean start_stop
= FALSE
;
13026 rsec
= _bfd_elf_gc_mark_rsec (info
, sec
, gc_mark_hook
, cookie
, &start_stop
);
13027 while (rsec
!= NULL
)
13029 if (!rsec
->gc_mark
)
13031 if (bfd_get_flavour (rsec
->owner
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
13032 || (rsec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
13034 else if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, rsec
, gc_mark_hook
))
13039 rsec
= bfd_get_next_section_by_name (rsec
->owner
, rsec
);
13044 /* The mark phase of garbage collection. For a given section, mark
13045 it and any sections in this section's group, and all the sections
13046 which define symbols to which it refers. */
13049 _bfd_elf_gc_mark (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
13051 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
)
13054 asection
*group_sec
, *eh_frame
;
13058 /* Mark all the sections in the group. */
13059 group_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->next_in_group
;
13060 if (group_sec
&& !group_sec
->gc_mark
)
13061 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, group_sec
, gc_mark_hook
))
13064 /* Look through the section relocs. */
13066 eh_frame
= elf_eh_frame_section (sec
->owner
);
13067 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
13068 && sec
->reloc_count
> 0
13069 && sec
!= eh_frame
)
13071 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
13073 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, sec
))
13077 for (; cookie
.rel
< cookie
.relend
; cookie
.rel
++)
13078 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark_reloc (info
, sec
, gc_mark_hook
, &cookie
))
13083 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, sec
);
13087 if (ret
&& eh_frame
&& elf_fde_list (sec
))
13089 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
13091 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, eh_frame
))
13095 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark_fdes (info
, sec
, eh_frame
,
13096 gc_mark_hook
, &cookie
))
13098 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, eh_frame
);
13102 eh_frame
= elf_section_eh_frame_entry (sec
);
13103 if (ret
&& eh_frame
&& !eh_frame
->gc_mark
)
13104 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, eh_frame
, gc_mark_hook
))
13110 /* Scan and mark sections in a special or debug section group. */
13113 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_debug_special_section_group (asection
*grp
)
13115 /* Point to first section of section group. */
13117 /* Used to iterate the section group. */
13120 bfd_boolean is_special_grp
= TRUE
;
13121 bfd_boolean is_debug_grp
= TRUE
;
13123 /* First scan to see if group contains any section other than debug
13124 and special section. */
13125 ssec
= msec
= elf_next_in_group (grp
);
13128 if ((msec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) == 0)
13129 is_debug_grp
= FALSE
;
13131 if ((msec
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_RELOC
)) != 0)
13132 is_special_grp
= FALSE
;
13134 msec
= elf_next_in_group (msec
);
13136 while (msec
!= ssec
);
13138 /* If this is a pure debug section group or pure special section group,
13139 keep all sections in this group. */
13140 if (is_debug_grp
|| is_special_grp
)
13145 msec
= elf_next_in_group (msec
);
13147 while (msec
!= ssec
);
13151 /* Keep debug and special sections. */
13154 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
13155 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn mark_hook ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13159 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
13162 bfd_boolean some_kept
;
13163 bfd_boolean debug_frag_seen
;
13164 bfd_boolean has_kept_debug_info
;
13166 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
13168 isec
= ibfd
->sections
;
13169 if (isec
== NULL
|| isec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
13172 /* Ensure all linker created sections are kept,
13173 see if any other section is already marked,
13174 and note if we have any fragmented debug sections. */
13175 debug_frag_seen
= some_kept
= has_kept_debug_info
= FALSE
;
13176 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
13178 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
13180 else if (isec
->gc_mark
13181 && (isec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
13182 && elf_section_type (isec
) != SHT_NOTE
)
13185 if (!debug_frag_seen
13186 && (isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
13187 && CONST_STRNEQ (isec
->name
, ".debug_line."))
13188 debug_frag_seen
= TRUE
;
13191 /* If no non-note alloc section in this file will be kept, then
13192 we can toss out the debug and special sections. */
13196 /* Keep debug and special sections like .comment when they are
13197 not part of a group. Also keep section groups that contain
13198 just debug sections or special sections. */
13199 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
13201 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
13202 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_debug_special_section_group (isec
);
13203 else if (((isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0
13204 || (isec
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_RELOC
)) == 0)
13205 && elf_next_in_group (isec
) == NULL
)
13207 if (isec
->gc_mark
&& (isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
13208 has_kept_debug_info
= TRUE
;
13211 /* Look for CODE sections which are going to be discarded,
13212 and find and discard any fragmented debug sections which
13213 are associated with that code section. */
13214 if (debug_frag_seen
)
13215 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
13216 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0
13217 && isec
->gc_mark
== 0)
13222 ilen
= strlen (isec
->name
);
13224 /* Association is determined by the name of the debug
13225 section containing the name of the code section as
13226 a suffix. For example .debug_line.text.foo is a
13227 debug section associated with .text.foo. */
13228 for (dsec
= ibfd
->sections
; dsec
!= NULL
; dsec
= dsec
->next
)
13232 if (dsec
->gc_mark
== 0
13233 || (dsec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) == 0)
13236 dlen
= strlen (dsec
->name
);
13239 && strncmp (dsec
->name
+ (dlen
- ilen
),
13240 isec
->name
, ilen
) == 0)
13245 /* Mark debug sections referenced by kept debug sections. */
13246 if (has_kept_debug_info
)
13247 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
13249 && (isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
13250 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, isec
,
13251 elf_gc_mark_debug_section
))
13258 elf_gc_sweep (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13261 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13263 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
13267 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
13268 || elf_object_id (sub
) != elf_hash_table_id (elf_hash_table (info
))
13269 || !(*bed
->relocs_compatible
) (sub
->xvec
, abfd
->xvec
))
13272 if (o
== NULL
|| o
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
13275 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
13277 /* When any section in a section group is kept, we keep all
13278 sections in the section group. If the first member of
13279 the section group is excluded, we will also exclude the
13281 if (o
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
13283 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (o
);
13284 o
->gc_mark
= first
->gc_mark
;
13290 /* Skip sweeping sections already excluded. */
13291 if (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
)
13294 /* Since this is early in the link process, it is simple
13295 to remove a section from the output. */
13296 o
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
13298 if (info
->print_gc_sections
&& o
->size
!= 0)
13299 /* xgettext:c-format */
13300 _bfd_error_handler (_("removing unused section '%pA' in file '%pB'"),
13308 /* Propagate collected vtable information. This is called through
13309 elf_link_hash_traverse. */
13312 elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *okp
)
13314 /* Those that are not vtables. */
13316 || h
->u2
.vtable
== NULL
13317 || h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
== NULL
)
13320 /* Those vtables that do not have parents, we cannot merge. */
13321 if (h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
== (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1)
13324 /* If we've already been done, exit. */
13325 if (h
->u2
.vtable
->used
&& h
->u2
.vtable
->used
[-1])
13328 /* Make sure the parent's table is up to date. */
13329 elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used (h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
, okp
);
13331 if (h
->u2
.vtable
->used
== NULL
)
13333 /* None of this table's entries were referenced. Re-use the
13335 h
->u2
.vtable
->used
= h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
->u2
.vtable
->used
;
13336 h
->u2
.vtable
->size
= h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
->u2
.vtable
->size
;
13341 bfd_boolean
*cu
, *pu
;
13343 /* Or the parent's entries into ours. */
13344 cu
= h
->u2
.vtable
->used
;
13346 pu
= h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
->u2
.vtable
->used
;
13349 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
13350 unsigned int log_file_align
;
13352 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
);
13353 log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
13354 n
= h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
->u2
.vtable
->size
>> log_file_align
;
13369 elf_gc_smash_unused_vtentry_relocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *okp
)
13372 bfd_vma hstart
, hend
;
13373 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *relend
, *rel
;
13374 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
13375 unsigned int log_file_align
;
13377 /* Take care of both those symbols that do not describe vtables as
13378 well as those that are not loaded. */
13380 || h
->u2
.vtable
== NULL
13381 || h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
== NULL
)
13384 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13385 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
13387 sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
13388 hstart
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
13389 hend
= hstart
+ h
->size
;
13391 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (sec
->owner
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
, TRUE
);
13393 return *(bfd_boolean
*) okp
= FALSE
;
13394 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (sec
->owner
);
13395 log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
13397 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
13399 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
13400 if (rel
->r_offset
>= hstart
&& rel
->r_offset
< hend
)
13402 /* If the entry is in use, do nothing. */
13403 if (h
->u2
.vtable
->used
13404 && (rel
->r_offset
- hstart
) < h
->u2
.vtable
->size
)
13406 bfd_vma entry
= (rel
->r_offset
- hstart
) >> log_file_align
;
13407 if (h
->u2
.vtable
->used
[entry
])
13410 /* Otherwise, kill it. */
13411 rel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_info
= rel
->r_addend
= 0;
13417 /* Mark sections containing dynamically referenced symbols. When
13418 building shared libraries, we must assume that any visible symbol is
13422 bfd_elf_gc_mark_dynamic_ref_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
13424 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
13425 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list
*d
= info
->dynamic_list
;
13427 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13428 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13429 && ((h
->ref_dynamic
&& !h
->forced_local
)
13430 || ((h
->def_regular
|| ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
13431 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_INTERNAL
13432 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_HIDDEN
13433 && (!bfd_link_executable (info
)
13434 || info
->gc_keep_exported
13435 || info
->export_dynamic
13438 && (*d
->match
) (&d
->head
, NULL
, h
->root
.root
.string
)))
13439 && (h
->versioned
>= versioned
13440 || !bfd_hide_sym_by_version (info
->version_info
,
13441 h
->root
.root
.string
)))))
13442 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
13447 /* Keep all sections containing symbols undefined on the command-line,
13448 and the section containing the entry symbol. */
13451 _bfd_elf_gc_keep (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13453 struct bfd_sym_chain
*sym
;
13455 for (sym
= info
->gc_sym_list
; sym
!= NULL
; sym
= sym
->next
)
13457 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13459 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), sym
->name
,
13460 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
13463 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13464 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13465 && !bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)
13466 && !bfd_is_und_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
13467 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
13472 bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame_entries (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13473 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13475 bfd
*ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
;
13477 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
13480 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
13482 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
13484 sec
= ibfd
->sections
;
13485 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
13488 if (!init_reloc_cookie (&cookie
, info
, ibfd
))
13491 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
13493 if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_section_name (ibfd
, sec
), ".eh_frame_entry")
13494 && init_reloc_cookie_rels (&cookie
, info
, ibfd
, sec
))
13496 _bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame_entry (info
, sec
, &cookie
);
13497 fini_reloc_cookie_rels (&cookie
, sec
);
13504 /* Do mark and sweep of unused sections. */
13507 bfd_elf_gc_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13509 bfd_boolean ok
= TRUE
;
13511 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
;
13512 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13513 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
13515 if (!bed
->can_gc_sections
13516 || !is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
13518 _bfd_error_handler(_("warning: gc-sections option ignored"));
13522 bed
->gc_keep (info
);
13523 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
13525 /* Try to parse each bfd's .eh_frame section. Point elf_eh_frame_section
13526 at the .eh_frame section if we can mark the FDEs individually. */
13527 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
;
13528 info
->eh_frame_hdr_type
!= COMPACT_EH_HDR
&& sub
!= NULL
;
13529 sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
13532 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
13534 sec
= sub
->sections
;
13535 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
13537 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (sub
, ".eh_frame");
13538 while (sec
&& init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, sec
))
13540 _bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame (sub
, info
, sec
, &cookie
);
13541 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
13542 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
13543 elf_eh_frame_section (sub
) = sec
;
13544 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, sec
);
13545 sec
= bfd_get_next_section_by_name (NULL
, sec
);
13549 /* Apply transitive closure to the vtable entry usage info. */
13550 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used
, &ok
);
13554 /* Kill the vtable relocations that were not used. */
13555 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, elf_gc_smash_unused_vtentry_relocs
, &ok
);
13559 /* Mark dynamically referenced symbols. */
13560 if (htab
->dynamic_sections_created
|| info
->gc_keep_exported
)
13561 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, bed
->gc_mark_dynamic_ref
, info
);
13563 /* Grovel through relocs to find out who stays ... */
13564 gc_mark_hook
= bed
->gc_mark_hook
;
13565 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
13569 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
13570 || elf_object_id (sub
) != elf_hash_table_id (htab
)
13571 || !(*bed
->relocs_compatible
) (sub
->xvec
, abfd
->xvec
))
13575 if (o
== NULL
|| o
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
13578 /* Start at sections marked with SEC_KEEP (ref _bfd_elf_gc_keep).
13579 Also treat note sections as a root, if the section is not part
13580 of a group. We must keep all PREINIT_ARRAY, INIT_ARRAY as
13581 well as FINI_ARRAY sections for ld -r. */
13582 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
13584 && (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
13585 && ((o
->flags
& SEC_KEEP
) != 0
13586 || (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
13587 && ((elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
13588 == SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
)
13589 || (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
13591 || (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
13592 == SHT_FINI_ARRAY
)))
13593 || (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
13594 && elf_next_in_group (o
) == NULL
)))
13596 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, o
, gc_mark_hook
))
13601 /* Allow the backend to mark additional target specific sections. */
13602 bed
->gc_mark_extra_sections (info
, gc_mark_hook
);
13604 /* ... and mark SEC_EXCLUDE for those that go. */
13605 return elf_gc_sweep (abfd
, info
);
13608 /* Called from check_relocs to record the existence of a VTINHERIT reloc. */
13611 bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (bfd
*abfd
,
13613 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
13616 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
, **sym_hashes_end
;
13617 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**search
, *child
;
13618 size_t extsymcount
;
13619 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13621 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
13622 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols at
13624 extsymcount
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
13625 if (!elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
13626 extsymcount
-= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_info
;
13628 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
13629 sym_hashes_end
= sym_hashes
+ extsymcount
;
13631 /* Hunt down the child symbol, which is in this section at the same
13632 offset as the relocation. */
13633 for (search
= sym_hashes
; search
!= sym_hashes_end
; ++search
)
13635 if ((child
= *search
) != NULL
13636 && (child
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13637 || child
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13638 && child
->root
.u
.def
.section
== sec
13639 && child
->root
.u
.def
.value
== offset
)
13643 /* xgettext:c-format */
13644 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %pA+%#" PRIx64
": no symbol found for INHERIT"),
13645 abfd
, sec
, (uint64_t) offset
);
13646 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
13650 if (!child
->u2
.vtable
)
13652 child
->u2
.vtable
= ((struct elf_link_virtual_table_entry
*)
13653 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*child
->u2
.vtable
)));
13654 if (!child
->u2
.vtable
)
13659 /* This *should* only be the absolute section. It could potentially
13660 be that someone has defined a non-global vtable though, which
13661 would be bad. It isn't worth paging in the local symbols to be
13662 sure though; that case should simply be handled by the assembler. */
13664 child
->u2
.vtable
->parent
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1;
13667 child
->u2
.vtable
->parent
= h
;
13672 /* Called from check_relocs to record the existence of a VTENTRY reloc. */
13675 bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13676 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13677 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
13680 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13681 unsigned int log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
13685 h
->u2
.vtable
= ((struct elf_link_virtual_table_entry
*)
13686 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*h
->u2
.vtable
)));
13691 if (addend
>= h
->u2
.vtable
->size
)
13693 size_t size
, bytes
, file_align
;
13694 bfd_boolean
*ptr
= h
->u2
.vtable
->used
;
13696 /* While the symbol is undefined, we have to be prepared to handle
13698 file_align
= 1 << log_file_align
;
13699 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
13700 size
= addend
+ file_align
;
13704 if (addend
>= size
)
13706 /* Oops! We've got a reference past the defined end of
13707 the table. This is probably a bug -- shall we warn? */
13708 size
= addend
+ file_align
;
13711 size
= (size
+ file_align
- 1) & -file_align
;
13713 /* Allocate one extra entry for use as a "done" flag for the
13714 consolidation pass. */
13715 bytes
= ((size
>> log_file_align
) + 1) * sizeof (bfd_boolean
);
13719 ptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) bfd_realloc (ptr
- 1, bytes
);
13725 oldbytes
= (((h
->u2
.vtable
->size
>> log_file_align
) + 1)
13726 * sizeof (bfd_boolean
));
13727 memset (((char *) ptr
) + oldbytes
, 0, bytes
- oldbytes
);
13731 ptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) bfd_zmalloc (bytes
);
13736 /* And arrange for that done flag to be at index -1. */
13737 h
->u2
.vtable
->used
= ptr
+ 1;
13738 h
->u2
.vtable
->size
= size
;
13741 h
->u2
.vtable
->used
[addend
>> log_file_align
] = TRUE
;
13746 /* Map an ELF section header flag to its corresponding string. */
13750 flagword flag_value
;
13751 } elf_flags_to_name_table
;
13753 static elf_flags_to_name_table elf_flags_to_names
[] =
13755 { "SHF_WRITE", SHF_WRITE
},
13756 { "SHF_ALLOC", SHF_ALLOC
},
13757 { "SHF_EXECINSTR", SHF_EXECINSTR
},
13758 { "SHF_MERGE", SHF_MERGE
},
13759 { "SHF_STRINGS", SHF_STRINGS
},
13760 { "SHF_INFO_LINK", SHF_INFO_LINK
},
13761 { "SHF_LINK_ORDER", SHF_LINK_ORDER
},
13762 { "SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING", SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING
},
13763 { "SHF_GROUP", SHF_GROUP
},
13764 { "SHF_TLS", SHF_TLS
},
13765 { "SHF_MASKOS", SHF_MASKOS
},
13766 { "SHF_EXCLUDE", SHF_EXCLUDE
},
13769 /* Returns TRUE if the section is to be included, otherwise FALSE. */
13771 bfd_elf_lookup_section_flags (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
13772 struct flag_info
*flaginfo
,
13775 const bfd_vma sh_flags
= elf_section_flags (section
);
13777 if (!flaginfo
->flags_initialized
)
13779 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
13780 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
13781 struct flag_info_list
*tf
= flaginfo
->flag_list
;
13783 int without_hex
= 0;
13785 for (tf
= flaginfo
->flag_list
; tf
!= NULL
; tf
= tf
->next
)
13788 flagword (*lookup
) (char *);
13790 lookup
= bed
->elf_backend_lookup_section_flags_hook
;
13791 if (lookup
!= NULL
)
13793 flagword hexval
= (*lookup
) ((char *) tf
->name
);
13797 if (tf
->with
== with_flags
)
13798 with_hex
|= hexval
;
13799 else if (tf
->with
== without_flags
)
13800 without_hex
|= hexval
;
13805 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (elf_flags_to_names
); ++i
)
13807 if (strcmp (tf
->name
, elf_flags_to_names
[i
].flag_name
) == 0)
13809 if (tf
->with
== with_flags
)
13810 with_hex
|= elf_flags_to_names
[i
].flag_value
;
13811 else if (tf
->with
== without_flags
)
13812 without_hex
|= elf_flags_to_names
[i
].flag_value
;
13819 info
->callbacks
->einfo
13820 (_("unrecognized INPUT_SECTION_FLAG %s\n"), tf
->name
);
13824 flaginfo
->flags_initialized
= TRUE
;
13825 flaginfo
->only_with_flags
|= with_hex
;
13826 flaginfo
->not_with_flags
|= without_hex
;
13829 if ((flaginfo
->only_with_flags
& sh_flags
) != flaginfo
->only_with_flags
)
13832 if ((flaginfo
->not_with_flags
& sh_flags
) != 0)
13838 struct alloc_got_off_arg
{
13840 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
13843 /* We need a special top-level link routine to convert got reference counts
13844 to real got offsets. */
13847 elf_gc_allocate_got_offsets (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *arg
)
13849 struct alloc_got_off_arg
*gofarg
= (struct alloc_got_off_arg
*) arg
;
13850 bfd
*obfd
= gofarg
->info
->output_bfd
;
13851 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
13853 if (h
->got
.refcount
> 0)
13855 h
->got
.offset
= gofarg
->gotoff
;
13856 gofarg
->gotoff
+= bed
->got_elt_size (obfd
, gofarg
->info
, h
, NULL
, 0);
13859 h
->got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
13864 /* And an accompanying bit to work out final got entry offsets once
13865 we're done. Should be called from final_link. */
13868 bfd_elf_gc_common_finalize_got_offsets (bfd
*abfd
,
13869 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13872 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13874 struct alloc_got_off_arg gofarg
;
13876 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
== info
->output_bfd
);
13878 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
13881 /* The GOT offset is relative to the .got section, but the GOT header is
13882 put into the .got.plt section, if the backend uses it. */
13883 if (bed
->want_got_plt
)
13886 gotoff
= bed
->got_header_size
;
13888 /* Do the local .got entries first. */
13889 for (i
= info
->input_bfds
; i
; i
= i
->link
.next
)
13891 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got
;
13892 size_t j
, locsymcount
;
13893 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
13895 if (bfd_get_flavour (i
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
13898 local_got
= elf_local_got_refcounts (i
);
13902 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (i
)->symtab_hdr
;
13903 if (elf_bad_symtab (i
))
13904 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
13906 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
13908 for (j
= 0; j
< locsymcount
; ++j
)
13910 if (local_got
[j
] > 0)
13912 local_got
[j
] = gotoff
;
13913 gotoff
+= bed
->got_elt_size (abfd
, info
, NULL
, i
, j
);
13916 local_got
[j
] = (bfd_vma
) -1;
13920 /* Then the global .got entries. .plt refcounts are handled by
13921 adjust_dynamic_symbol */
13922 gofarg
.gotoff
= gotoff
;
13923 gofarg
.info
= info
;
13924 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
13925 elf_gc_allocate_got_offsets
,
13930 /* Many folk need no more in the way of final link than this, once
13931 got entry reference counting is enabled. */
13934 bfd_elf_gc_common_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13936 if (!bfd_elf_gc_common_finalize_got_offsets (abfd
, info
))
13939 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
13940 return bfd_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
);
13944 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (bfd_vma offset
, void *cookie
)
13946 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*rcookie
= (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*) cookie
;
13948 if (rcookie
->bad_symtab
)
13949 rcookie
->rel
= rcookie
->rels
;
13951 for (; rcookie
->rel
< rcookie
->relend
; rcookie
->rel
++)
13953 unsigned long r_symndx
;
13955 if (! rcookie
->bad_symtab
)
13956 if (rcookie
->rel
->r_offset
> offset
)
13958 if (rcookie
->rel
->r_offset
!= offset
)
13961 r_symndx
= rcookie
->rel
->r_info
>> rcookie
->r_sym_shift
;
13962 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
13965 if (r_symndx
>= rcookie
->locsymcount
13966 || ELF_ST_BIND (rcookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
].st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
13968 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13970 h
= rcookie
->sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- rcookie
->extsymoff
];
13972 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
13973 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
13974 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
13976 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13977 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13978 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= rcookie
->abfd
13979 || h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->kept_section
!= NULL
13980 || discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)))
13985 /* It's not a relocation against a global symbol,
13986 but it could be a relocation against a local
13987 symbol for a discarded section. */
13989 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
13991 /* Need to: get the symbol; get the section. */
13992 isym
= &rcookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
];
13993 isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (rcookie
->abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
13995 && (isec
->kept_section
!= NULL
13996 || discarded_section (isec
)))
14004 /* Discard unneeded references to discarded sections.
14005 Returns -1 on error, 1 if any section's size was changed, 0 if
14006 nothing changed. This function assumes that the relocations are in
14007 sorted order, which is true for all known assemblers. */
14010 bfd_elf_discard_info (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
14012 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
14017 if (info
->traditional_format
14018 || !is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
14021 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".stab");
14026 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
14029 || i
->reloc_count
== 0
14030 || i
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
)
14034 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
14037 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, i
))
14040 if (_bfd_discard_section_stabs (abfd
, i
,
14041 elf_section_data (i
)->sec_info
,
14042 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p
,
14046 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, i
);
14051 if (info
->eh_frame_hdr_type
!= COMPACT_EH_HDR
)
14052 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".eh_frame");
14056 int eh_changed
= 0;
14057 unsigned int eh_alignment
;
14059 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
14065 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
14068 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, i
))
14071 _bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame (abfd
, info
, i
, &cookie
);
14072 if (_bfd_elf_discard_section_eh_frame (abfd
, info
, i
,
14073 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p
,
14077 if (i
->size
!= i
->rawsize
)
14081 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, i
);
14084 eh_alignment
= 1 << o
->alignment_power
;
14085 /* Skip over zero terminator, and prevent empty sections from
14086 adding alignment padding at the end. */
14087 for (i
= o
->map_tail
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_tail
.s
)
14089 i
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
14090 else if (i
->size
> 4)
14092 /* The last non-empty eh_frame section doesn't need padding. */
14095 /* Any prior sections must pad the last FDE out to the output
14096 section alignment. Otherwise we might have zero padding
14097 between sections, which would be seen as a terminator. */
14098 for (; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_tail
.s
)
14100 /* All but the last zero terminator should have been removed. */
14105 = (i
->size
+ eh_alignment
- 1) & -eh_alignment
;
14106 if (i
->size
!= size
)
14114 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
14115 _bfd_elf_adjust_eh_frame_global_symbol
, NULL
);
14118 for (abfd
= info
->input_bfds
; abfd
!= NULL
; abfd
= abfd
->link
.next
)
14120 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
14123 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
14125 s
= abfd
->sections
;
14126 if (s
== NULL
|| s
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
14129 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14131 if (bed
->elf_backend_discard_info
!= NULL
)
14133 if (!init_reloc_cookie (&cookie
, info
, abfd
))
14136 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_discard_info
) (abfd
, &cookie
, info
))
14139 fini_reloc_cookie (&cookie
, abfd
);
14143 if (info
->eh_frame_hdr_type
== COMPACT_EH_HDR
)
14144 _bfd_elf_end_eh_frame_parsing (info
);
14146 if (info
->eh_frame_hdr_type
14147 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
14148 && _bfd_elf_discard_section_eh_frame_hdr (output_bfd
, info
))
14155 _bfd_elf_section_already_linked (bfd
*abfd
,
14157 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
14160 const char *name
, *key
;
14161 struct bfd_section_already_linked
*l
;
14162 struct bfd_section_already_linked_hash_entry
*already_linked_list
;
14164 if (sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
14167 flags
= sec
->flags
;
14169 /* Return if it isn't a linkonce section. A comdat group section
14170 also has SEC_LINK_ONCE set. */
14171 if ((flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
) == 0)
14174 /* Don't put group member sections on our list of already linked
14175 sections. They are handled as a group via their group section. */
14176 if (elf_sec_group (sec
) != NULL
)
14179 /* For a SHT_GROUP section, use the group signature as the key. */
14181 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0
14182 && elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
14183 && elf_group_name (elf_next_in_group (sec
)) != NULL
)
14184 key
= elf_group_name (elf_next_in_group (sec
));
14187 /* Otherwise we should have a .gnu.linkonce.<type>.<key> section. */
14188 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce.")
14189 && (key
= strchr (name
+ sizeof (".gnu.linkonce.") - 1, '.')) != NULL
)
14192 /* Must be a user linkonce section that doesn't follow gcc's
14193 naming convention. In this case we won't be matching
14194 single member groups. */
14198 already_linked_list
= bfd_section_already_linked_table_lookup (key
);
14200 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
14202 /* We may have 2 different types of sections on the list: group
14203 sections with a signature of <key> (<key> is some string),
14204 and linkonce sections named .gnu.linkonce.<type>.<key>.
14205 Match like sections. LTO plugin sections are an exception.
14206 They are always named .gnu.linkonce.t.<key> and match either
14207 type of section. */
14208 if (((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == (l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
14209 && ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0
14210 || strcmp (name
, l
->sec
->name
) == 0))
14211 || (l
->sec
->owner
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
14213 /* The section has already been linked. See if we should
14214 issue a warning. */
14215 if (!_bfd_handle_already_linked (sec
, l
, info
))
14218 if (flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
14220 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
14221 asection
*s
= first
;
14225 s
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14226 /* Record which group discards it. */
14227 s
->kept_section
= l
->sec
;
14228 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
14229 /* These lists are circular. */
14239 /* A single member comdat group section may be discarded by a
14240 linkonce section and vice versa. */
14241 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
14243 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
14245 if (first
!= NULL
&& elf_next_in_group (first
) == first
)
14246 /* Check this single member group against linkonce sections. */
14247 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
14248 if ((l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0
14249 && bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (l
->sec
, first
, info
))
14251 first
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14252 first
->kept_section
= l
->sec
;
14253 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14258 /* Check this linkonce section against single member groups. */
14259 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
14260 if (l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
14262 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (l
->sec
);
14265 && elf_next_in_group (first
) == first
14266 && bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (first
, sec
, info
))
14268 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14269 sec
->kept_section
= first
;
14274 /* Do not complain on unresolved relocations in `.gnu.linkonce.r.F'
14275 referencing its discarded `.gnu.linkonce.t.F' counterpart - g++-3.4
14276 specific as g++-4.x is using COMDAT groups (without the `.gnu.linkonce'
14277 prefix) instead. `.gnu.linkonce.r.*' were the `.rodata' part of its
14278 matching `.gnu.linkonce.t.*'. If `.gnu.linkonce.r.F' is not discarded
14279 but its `.gnu.linkonce.t.F' is discarded means we chose one-only
14280 `.gnu.linkonce.t.F' section from a different bfd not requiring any
14281 `.gnu.linkonce.r.F'. Thus `.gnu.linkonce.r.F' should be discarded.
14282 The reverse order cannot happen as there is never a bfd with only the
14283 `.gnu.linkonce.r.F' section. The order of sections in a bfd does not
14284 matter as here were are looking only for cross-bfd sections. */
14286 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce.r."))
14287 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
14288 if ((l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0
14289 && CONST_STRNEQ (l
->sec
->name
, ".gnu.linkonce.t."))
14291 if (abfd
!= l
->sec
->owner
)
14292 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14296 /* This is the first section with this name. Record it. */
14297 if (!bfd_section_already_linked_table_insert (already_linked_list
, sec
))
14298 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: already_linked_table: %E\n"));
14299 return sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14303 _bfd_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
14305 return sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
;
14309 _bfd_elf_common_section_index (asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
14315 _bfd_elf_common_section (asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
14317 return bfd_com_section_ptr
;
14321 _bfd_elf_default_got_elt_size (bfd
*abfd
,
14322 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
14323 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
14324 bfd
*ibfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
14325 unsigned long symndx ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
14327 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14328 return bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
14331 /* Routines to support the creation of dynamic relocs. */
14333 /* Returns the name of the dynamic reloc section associated with SEC. */
14335 static const char *
14336 get_dynamic_reloc_section_name (bfd
* abfd
,
14338 bfd_boolean is_rela
)
14341 const char *old_name
= bfd_get_section_name (NULL
, sec
);
14342 const char *prefix
= is_rela
? ".rela" : ".rel";
14344 if (old_name
== NULL
)
14347 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (prefix
) + strlen (old_name
) + 1);
14348 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", prefix
, old_name
);
14353 /* Returns the dynamic reloc section associated with SEC.
14354 If necessary compute the name of the dynamic reloc section based
14355 on SEC's name (looked up in ABFD's string table) and the setting
14359 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section (bfd
* abfd
,
14361 bfd_boolean is_rela
)
14363 asection
* reloc_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
;
14365 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
14367 const char * name
= get_dynamic_reloc_section_name (abfd
, sec
, is_rela
);
14371 reloc_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, name
);
14373 if (reloc_sec
!= NULL
)
14374 elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
= reloc_sec
;
14381 /* Returns the dynamic reloc section associated with SEC. If the
14382 section does not exist it is created and attached to the DYNOBJ
14383 bfd and stored in the SRELOC field of SEC's elf_section_data
14386 ALIGNMENT is the alignment for the newly created section and
14387 IS_RELA defines whether the name should be .rela.<SEC's name>
14388 or .rel.<SEC's name>. The section name is looked up in the
14389 string table associated with ABFD. */
14392 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section (asection
*sec
,
14394 unsigned int alignment
,
14396 bfd_boolean is_rela
)
14398 asection
* reloc_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
;
14400 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
14402 const char * name
= get_dynamic_reloc_section_name (abfd
, sec
, is_rela
);
14407 reloc_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, name
);
14409 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
14411 flagword flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_READONLY
14412 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
14413 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
14414 flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
;
14416 reloc_sec
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, name
, flags
);
14417 if (reloc_sec
!= NULL
)
14419 /* _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr chooses a section type by
14420 name. Override as it may be wrong, eg. for a user
14421 section named "auto" we'll get ".relauto" which is
14422 seen to be a .rela section. */
14423 elf_section_type (reloc_sec
) = is_rela
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
14424 if (! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, reloc_sec
, alignment
))
14429 elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
= reloc_sec
;
14435 /* Copy the ELF symbol type and other attributes for a linker script
14436 assignment from HSRC to HDEST. Generally this should be treated as
14437 if we found a strong non-dynamic definition for HDEST (except that
14438 ld ignores multiple definition errors). */
14440 _bfd_elf_copy_link_hash_symbol_type (bfd
*abfd
,
14441 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*hdest
,
14442 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*hsrc
)
14444 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ehdest
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hdest
;
14445 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ehsrc
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hsrc
;
14446 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
14448 ehdest
->type
= ehsrc
->type
;
14449 ehdest
->target_internal
= ehsrc
->target_internal
;
14451 isym
.st_other
= ehsrc
->other
;
14452 elf_merge_st_other (abfd
, ehdest
, &isym
, NULL
, TRUE
, FALSE
);
14455 /* Append a RELA relocation REL to section S in BFD. */
14458 elf_append_rela (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*s
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
14460 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14461 bfd_byte
*loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
);
14462 BFD_ASSERT (loc
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
<= s
->contents
+ s
->size
);
14463 bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out (abfd
, rel
, loc
);
14466 /* Append a REL relocation REL to section S in BFD. */
14469 elf_append_rel (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*s
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
14471 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14472 bfd_byte
*loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
14473 BFD_ASSERT (loc
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
<= s
->contents
+ s
->size
);
14474 bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out (abfd
, rel
, loc
);
14477 /* Define __start, __stop, .startof. or .sizeof. symbol. */
14479 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*
14480 bfd_elf_define_start_stop (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
14481 const char *symbol
, asection
*sec
)
14483 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14485 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), symbol
,
14486 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
14488 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
14489 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
14490 || ((h
->ref_regular
|| h
->def_dynamic
) && !h
->def_regular
)))
14492 bfd_boolean was_dynamic
= h
->ref_dynamic
|| h
->def_dynamic
;
14493 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
14494 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= sec
;
14495 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
14496 h
->def_regular
= 1;
14497 h
->def_dynamic
= 0;
14499 h
->u2
.start_stop_section
= sec
;
14500 if (symbol
[0] == '.')
14502 /* .startof. and .sizeof. symbols are local. */
14503 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
14504 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (info
->output_bfd
);
14505 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
14509 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
14510 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_PROTECTED
;
14512 bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);